agaist ah rane aoe ao A a ENG Sh He BAK nee Mit Vi sath tit Crea) stant Mae i , ‘ ' re scaly We a a WRIA GH ‘ an rit ‘nal! he vn nor “ate i rit @ iit w hihi at Pr \ ’ on W000 A oy A vn AAA LAD 4 Hh ily? De ‘ We in AY i pani ! in a ue THN nets ovr ny st ae iin bh ayaa veins alti eit ne in ee a phe stabs Pa Laces bh ANSE t eS 4s yar ‘ A ay ped Wea ae shat Neda tin) Haney OU aye be tin tet w a 4 4 a ‘i poy mee er oT toy AIR nr net ny eat we Waddie H Rd REL ee eee ARR si eae) a Brrr SECTS eee neta) wie RON A WSUS TR ath pert hig Peo ay Us Rae Wn te bY eth Ho eer! Wosiouavae onc ceag ine tol toate Wiaae arent Tyg ey frye aN 8 uy bi wa ht We! 1 SF yo bt rea shew insite Vite miter $09 a’ bum eee Beatin tiatat rye eed te L bau yf tal aan my anise shteshoat ek atec iy panne meNne Yr Ae cy Wy Wem i Aa a Pd et Weibel es sth ew Wath eens ve tay ARB si ke athens hotel AC TSe aie GET An Ut sy chee pv ahs Sacalodie bei jean y rbatanttae erie reese ha yo haa) Giwee Wins ea sna virethsmy anh ‘ whe My ashe soa yada WE APO) eS Te diy AS ly go Baiaine ae ay Ye a we mob sie 1 Wear eth eterna la altel aera vdyee aly thea tangy ee Ne a Meee Hieainy Me shai wey soe eet ih? adi Ba Mama teN es pa (Ash A TNS SS CM atin cg) Hy Agha: paren acne) Aetyshainu ey AS REDE ay , wav tora * xh we won WEG ASV Zt Aw iy " Tan eb pero Rata ei pit Non he he ats wey A viysiay sai 20s on 9s HQ a Lee yo vere tenes Doron Yer hs pe PLT aS iM PANO SSHUsteELares Vide Suge Bem em oa Oye races beans wn sel hewey ad wey OAT Nata daa et bare a 7h) Gh nit Ses vi whey Dit sec ’ . vos ‘ vee ' van 1 y f] 7 yea per daras gad PUES PRE " af) Hy inlet: rh seen Saige daedh ds fe a dudestiy bed te tg aa vis whe “7 Ud De depet eed gl pact Mor bee g oth wks b peungnan ch haleg ” vhs ‘” Pf "ah aianaes Se ged ore Saas sinh 4 i mA : Mage Bp a 14 Ut 9 gf US bbe Da perp MSH Ree Sate ined ’ units eee 1 Meret Pay! ’ aad Add aye be FEU EE Bs a) a i; frei ‘ House ni ne hae id sein ei iv oo , MOY or tN ‘ vied aed ne ot Uipeaaly Weak daar Ltt eae bk i Ae Oe Re ee ‘ ie ph ihe a 2 BOv Sas Ny (Oo TW Arete ty | i , My ie ea 73 bat, De ; Sane, ; i . ati) YP : ed oe er : ‘ i ey SAR aie ria. : 1 1 f } i : 4 CONT nye ft tM Soe 4 ui ih ww, D (tt j j igi Ai f yest ba nee i ae et te Uae oe ae he Py hi Vane “we Pu Bouin ‘Vay Bit weelirs 4 en iis. yet Bh “lt on bas anes 7h Ohashi) aes 7 oar ' = , ; Le ; 7 aw Hii coating i i fe: al aks \ May! Ib 1 AY hee Op CRY er TMG By iy 7 one: th by ; thee Tap i ih iy ri wh Sty iia’ i a LE ae hy Ply i? Jee, “s awe peat fii: hie ligan% wri pave iron Minit om Hse wt i. ete Cee coe a A + PE rah % Hes ra 7 #h ayiths tas te i ; ray rt rl Sy ili ‘ Aten 1 OAT: oto ah it haath: APRA? PY adh pe ed Pen wt ee Ie eateinidephne rari we Ree ee OS we» ob BA ¢ pas Tag ee’, Pa Vel elke | bak ris f Wars Tes ae lAG) my ie beg ay Ns * y yy ita 7 Crna te ae. | A ; ; . oF; ads | rit Mi ict ae were ew aie eSkk TS hie hes ae * ; Ts (oN LEA, ete yt, tye ae? 1 sn . a Datel ie De Dani ‘ R * r ee i aes, i Pe ee ey a / : oy ee wu Hialits at Jit ae bh fickdee. Ae Nettie Asa Oe, ° Mh TiN gst ; p 5 a A ys ri A La An Bsa Biletwr (4 oF We Paralsstaeriobe. w% ae pla tab (tabla Th, cov eeeap ig MD ie ea ae ah Aker ta thoes a Al See?” ated Wife Dat ges. his ve ee \ Dak bay: pihinw tt, hy ie ap ie wads) Lent "7 eal ms a he ee Wee ty, eiRseo i" LA ee ae Pa al ile, ain ery Rawathaich is ie Mi Fp oth rhs eR R EY | Me Nia ; ‘es Beis De of Ral sek i) a he Whi wes ‘4 Pie Aa Bee 1 toa “y ae actal ries we Bey pie ; oat Tyee n PRG gi, Hiwatian ba bahiak NALA gh pawilahon , i! oid Siiptiekl (te Wel) ree ota y a oped ted, At haetatinsie z =% ~ ve ~* o sa Ubi pene hast Asai ainsi + dita aD me e. ‘ th if i hot awed ay ee Ae sh <ipuoah bh ‘Hab shed oF ol hein as ‘ Ld ae oO iL ee » ane ih ‘ A Y Ver th | laeie, OB. A Fiabe Gan Riri TL lovin 05 ay, AA i . } Wis” Oar ania fy pe VA ite a aa als 1 AW - * 0 ih rapa! arian ‘is AS ow Me 1 iaioe ’ Ne tort wis ede) qt i dag i tl, isk sh ep My vai a a RHE 2 bisa by ete Baier heir ae oe ite ah "a ae ail 7 aN) ob ae a ' & : at : PABEEAOr CONTENT Ss. VYOrRUME 59 ALLRED, D. M.: Mites Found on Mice of the Genus ae in Utah. Mesh ami yartacmosamasidaeaGAcarina) =. =e sone ES ee A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Aeéa- LIN A) CEM Y SSL Ce) asec eee eee Ra LUTE Ae ee ee ee ARNAUD, P., Jr.:A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura (Diptera, ileus) cath hee eRe ha OR Ee aay Re al ee Baupur, W. V.: The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemip- LIV) RR A a Bie te Paar a Nh ee cle VE z Barr, A. Re New Species of Gulicera ine Caneidaa from North PAIN CT: C2 0s 5 Ieee a ae i ee BELL, R. T.: Carabus auratus Ii (KC Yoleopter: a: Carabidae) in I] North America BeRNER, L.: A Mayfly Gynandromorph __ 22 ea ee coe SRE 5 ane AE eee BLAKE, Doris H.: A Note on Two Chrysomelid Beetles (Coleoptera)... Burks, B. D.: A New Bruchophagus from a Liliaceous Plant with a Host Plant List for the Genus (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae) es (WER OUITRAS eINi elicitors SCCWILPAINIDS fll. 2 ees eee CUNLIFFE, F.: Notes on the Anystidae with a Description of a New Gait and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, Adamystinae @Alcarinay ip a hie ee Cy ee ee a eee Davis, H. G., and James, M. T.: Black Flies Attracted toe Mest ‘Bait (Dip- TREES, A Sohootull bse Ney)) + ee eee i US) eee ot ee DRAKE, C. J.: An Undescribed Apte Lous Meagade fon he fewlipuins (ile: MMT GOT A)! 8 es Ae Sg Dn) Sana on ee Nn ee a EpMuNpbS, G. F., Jr.: The Systematic Rel ationships of the Paleantarene Siphlonuridae (including Isonychiidae) (Ephemeroptera ) ~ A Epmunpbs, Lare R.: Observations on the Biology and Life History? of the Brown Cockroach Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister ELBEL, R. E.: See EMERSON, K. C.,__— Sa ae Sp Faiz sero A Len re eek ee Emerson, K. C.: New Species of Rallicola (ehitontendac. Mallophaga ) _ EMERSON, K. C., and ELBent, R. E.: New Species and Records of Mallophaga fromeGallinaceous birds, of) Lhatllande = Evans, Howarp E.: The North and Central American Species. ‘of Propisto- (ein: (Calyamemanterce’ 1Byewlindheeie)) ne ee FROESCHNER, R. C.: Perillus lunatus: ‘Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae ) TeV iom bana ate. 2 est, fe ee Pee 2 ee ee Se FULLAWAY, D. T.: A New Reared Opius from. Africa Seer Bra- COT AIG 5-2 rane Ra a ie cae aes ANE Be ion ee SR, GALINDO, P.: On the Validity of Haemagogus neeoae init Faleo Kumm et meni 1946 (Diptera: Oiibvdidie patek ae wee Ne Sar tem MY eee ol ue, GALINDO, PEDRO: A Note on the Oviposition Behavior of Sabethes (Sabe- thoides) chloropterus Humboldt ~~ 7 eee ee Hoop, J. D.: A Note on eae Laois Lactavnanvel) terns) alas) 2. ee Hurusutt, H. W.: See SLATER, J. park ee See a os Hussey, R. E.: A New Gargaphia a Florida (Hemiptera: ‘Tingidae) DENS. JAMES, M. T.: Some ee 1e Collected in South India (Diptera, Stratio- TIyAUClale)) es ee i OR Rs ret, os Re Ld on Be Ea ae JAMES, M. T.: See Davis, AL ron ech RS eae mel) Opens Le ee ee JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: See SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T._ £ KISSINGER, D. G.: Taxonomic notes on North American Apion OEE Curnculionid/alc}) iaeaaeeew enn ee KouHLs, GLEN M.: Ixodes downsi, a New Species of Tick fron a ao ive in uae 1dad, Briishewwest indies) |CAcanima, lexodidac) i =. ees) KROMBEIN, K.'V., and ScuustEer, R. M.: A Review of the Typhoctinae GEiymenoptiena-aevinntililid ae} pee aameicen nr A egy econ Pees eh oe sll Lamore, D.: The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae, as a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Waleckenaer, Family Argiopidae, in) Prince Georges) Coumtiye lair ysl airy clleeseeees eee ee eee 79 Lane, J., and CerqueEira, N. L.: The Validity and Change of Name of Two Species! of Waycomia (Diptera: Ch) EEE 244 MELANDER, A. L.: A New TLachyempis (Diptera: Empididae) __..__...__.-....... 296 MUESEBECK,, Co HA IW) See SHENE ROI (hy Dg ————————————— 129. Neuson, G. H.: A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination of Atizies (kemipteras 2 entatomii dae) eee ee OTT Saprosky, C. W.: The Throat Bot Fly: Gasterophilus nasalis or veterinus? @ipteras. ‘Gasterophilidae) 2 ee —————.: Two Overlooked Sourees of Type Designations for Genera. 171 SarLer, R. I.: Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Synonym of Oebalus Stal, 1862, and A Note Concerning the Distribution of O. ornatus (Sailer) (Hemip- tera, Pentatomidae) =o. 2 ee ee ee 4] SCANLON, JOHN E., and JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T.: On Some Microtine-Infest- haere SECM paar. (ONawoyovhoueey)) a ee nif 2508) See 279 SCHUSTER) SRS MEE |S Ce Ra 0 MES HUNG DECC AV le pe LC) SELANDER, R. B.: Descriptions and Records of North American Meloidae. Wei @oleoptera,): co 2 ee ee ee ee 135 SHENEFELT, R. D., and Murseseck, C. F. W.: Ashmead’s Meteoridea (Hy- menoptera::“Braconidae)) <= 2 ee ee 129 SLATER, J. A., and Hurtseurt, H. W.: A Comparative Study of the Metatho- racic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) ao) ee 67 Snyper, T. E.: A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81 SOMMERMAN, K. M.: Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes) (Psocop- tera))sfrom” Texas. ee ee eR ee 125 STEYSKAL, G. C.: The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philippine Dipterds= Vil >= 22 5eN fen en ee a a oe 90 STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.: A New Species of the Genus Pteromicra Associated With) Snails /CDip tera S com y.Z:G aie) pss eee ee ea eens 271 STRANDTMANN, R. W., see TIBBETT, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W....._.- Summers, F. M.: American Species of Ledermuelleria and Ledermuelleri- opsis, with a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Aearina, Stig- maeidae; “Caligonellidae)) J2.2. 2 ee ee eee 49 TIBBETTS, TED, and STRANDTMANN, R. W.: The Snake Mite Parasites of the Family Ixodorhynehidae (Mesostigmata), with Description of a New Spe- C1CSs LLOAOTNYNCHAULS GOT AON’: eee 265 Topp, E. L.: Five New Species of Gelastocoridae with Comments on Other Species (@itemiptera,)) 2-2 ee ee ee eee 145 TowNEs, H.: A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and Xoridini (Hymen- optera;. Ichneumonidae) 2.2.2 ee 15 A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old World Ich- neumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan, Formosa, or North America (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) — a 100 : A Bibliography of the Scientific Publications of R. A. Cushman 248 WALLIS, R. Ci: Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans 2 199 WERNER, F. G.: A New Species of Hpicauta from the Gulf Coast of Texas (Coleoptera, -Meloidace) 2.23) ee ee ee 97 WHEELER, G. C., and WHEELER, J.: The Larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera: Mormicidae): 2. 2 ee ee ee i 191 WHEELER, J.:. See WHEELER, G: ©) 222. eee 191 WILLIAMS, R. W.: Observations on the Breeding Habits of Some Heleidae of the Bermuda Islands (Diptera) 61 ——————. See WirTH; W. W... 2.025 eee By WINKLER, J. R.: Notes on Bionomies and Eeology of Moss Mites (Acari: Oribatel) 22.0 ine Ne a 3 eee 190, 270 WirtH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.: The Biting Midges of the Bermuda Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species (Diptera, Heleidae) 5 ii TOL. 59 | FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1 PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY CONTENTS ALLRED, D. M.—Mites Found on Mice of the Genus Peromyscus in Utah. II Family Haemogamasidae (Acarina)——_________. Bhi: i) JAMES, M. T.—Some qe Collected in South India opie rr atiOMiyadae) ye eee eee pee 25 KISSINGER, D. G.—Taxonomic Notes on North American Apion (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) ———_________ Ait e tees /2 40 SABROSKY, C. W.—The Throat Bot Fly: Nee aera nasalis or veterinus? (Diptera, Gasterophilidae) —-______ ee ENT OE SAILER, R. I.—Solubea Bergroth, 1891, a Snyonym of Oebalus Stal, 1862, and A Note Concerning the ‘Distribution of O. ornatus (Sailer) (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae): een oe ee ae | TOWNES, H.—A Revision of the Genera of Poemeniini and Xoridini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) —______ a 15 WIRTH, W. W., and WILLIAMS, R. W.—The Biting Midges of the Bermuda Islands, with Descriptions of Five New Species Riviriteti. EACIbIGme ye. coat eS EAD PAINIGRE CEI sy ee ay a ES AT ALR." MCE SN SRO ce ROL Oe ee wh 23 OBITUARY—Norman Eugene McIndoo, 1881-1956__.__________-_-- 43 SOCIETY MEETING—November, 1956 — = - 45 DIV. INSA es @° Baer.” Saye THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. S. currency). OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957 Honorary President: 222) 42)! 3 oi re 2 Be ei eke eee R. E, SNODGRASS Presidente so: ea oR ilies AE oe Ue ee Een aS F, L. CAMPBELL Hirst Vice: President. ae." eee a ee ee R. I. SAILER SecondeVicewPresident. 42) S42) ee i) ee ee ee es SE ee R. H. NELSON Recording’ Sceretary =: oo Ae. le ee ee eee -KELLIE O’NEILL Corresponding Secretary. 1. ee a ee Kertyvin DorwaArD Preastrer:.< 0. ¢ iss Beet at Be Se eae ee ¥, P. HARRISON aditor'=—-* at a ee eee eee Aticn V. RENK Custodian: Se ot a a De ee eee H. J. CONKLE Program: Chairmant: ©2022) 0 ve ee eee eee eee J. F. G. CLARKE Executive Committee_______________. A. B. GuRNEY, T. L. BISSELL, R. A. ST. GEORGE Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy of Sciences Vas he eee ee cei: eee ee C. F. W. MUESEBECK Honorary Members... ApAM G. Bovine, C. F. W. Mursrseck, H. G. BARBER The Corresponding Secretary, Custodian, Editor, and Treasurer should be ad- dressed as follows: Mr. Kelvin Dorward Mr. Herbert J. Conkle Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS U. 8. Department of Agriculture U.S. Department of Agriculture Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C. Miss Alice V. Renk Dr. Floyd P. Harrison Entomology Research Branch, ARS Department of Entomology U. 8. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland Room 3151, South Building College Park, Md. Washington 25, D. C. Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 59 FEBRUARY 1957 NO. 1 THE THROAT BOT FLY: GASTEROPHILUS NASALIS OR VETERINUS? (DieTERA, GASTEROPHILIDAE ) Curtis W. Sasrosky, Entomology Research Branch, U. S, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Adoption of the name Gasterophilus veterinus for the throat bot fly of horses in the latest taxonomic study of the Gasterophilidae, by Zumpt and Paterson (1953), has again raised the question of the proper scientific name for that species, long known to North American entomologists as Gasterophilus nasalis (l.). Authors who reject nasalis for a horse bot have applied the name instead to a deer nose bot called Cephenemyia trompe (Modeer) by other authors. In Opinion 106 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (1929), Cephenemyia was placed on the Official List of Generic Names with Oestrus trompe Fabricius as the type species (Fabricius actually credited the species to Modeer!). In the body of the Opinion, although not in the Summary, trompe is said to be a synonym of Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus. However, that is a zoological conclusion, and its acceptance or rejection is not affected by the Commission’s action relative to the generic name and its type species. After reviewing the evidence and the conflicting opinions, it is my conclusion that the proper scientific name of the throat bot fly should be Gasterophilus nasalis (u.)1 for three major reasons discussed below. (1) A Mixed Series and the First Reviser Rule Early descriptions of bot and warble flies (Oestridae in the old and very broad sense) soon involve one in uncertainty and confusion. Descriptions of adults, which are often brief and generalized, are combined with various statements of larval habitat, and it is difficult to be positive about what an author described or included. In four important publications of Linnaeus, species are described as follows in the genus Oestrus: 1746. Fauna Suecica, ed. 1, pp. 306-307: Six species described; not named 1pr. F. Zumpt, of the South African Institute for Medical Research at Johannes- burg, South Africa, has kindly permitted me to state that he has read the manu- script and agrees fully with the conclusions, at which he had arrived independently subsequent to his 1953 publication. I am also indebted to Dr. F. van Emden, of the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology at London, for suggestions and review of the manuscript. 2 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 binominally, but from comparison of data and references with the next three works, it is clear that the species are described in the following order: bovis, tarandi, nasalis, ovis, haemorrhoidalis, and a_ sixth species not subsequently referred to Oestrus. 1758. Systema Naturae, ed. 10, pp. 584-585: Five species, in the order bovis, tarandi, nasalis, haemorrhoidalis, ovis. 1761. Fauna Sueciea, ed. 2, pp. 428-430: Five species, in the same order as in 1758. 1767. Systema Naturae, ed. 12, vol. 1, part 2, pp. 969-970: Five species in the same order as in 1758. By the order of listing of species, which is consistent throughout for bovis, tarandi, and nasalis, and by the references, one could con- clude that nasalis is the same throughout. If one considers only the 1746 description and associated information, it seems certain that the deer nose bot was described. But the starting point for zoological names is the tenth edition of the Systema Naturae in 1758. Abbre- viated though it is, the diagnosis in the latter is markedly different from that in 1746, plus the fact that Linnaeus introduced the state- ment ‘‘ Habitat in Equorum fauce, per nares intrans.’’ The diagnosis has been interpreted by some able specialists (Aldrich 1926; van Emden in litt.) as applying perfectly to a species of Gasterophilus, and by other able specialists (Railliet 1918; Rodhain and Bequaert 1920) as applying perfectly to a species of Cephenemyia. Its perfec- tion is clearly open to difference of opinion. It appears to me to agree most nearly with the usual appearance of the Gasterophilus which has been called nasalis. The habitat statement quoted above has long been dismissed as an erroneous observation by primitive peoples, a lapsus, or the erroneous association by Linnaeus of the habitat of still another —and non-Scandinavian — species, Rhinoestrus purpureus (Brauer). However, in view of the fact that throat bot larvae may in their early Stages attach to the throat or pharynx, sometimes in numbers, the habitat statement may represent a keen observation that was far ahead of its time and not appreciated. If therefore one considers only the diagnosis and habitat informa- tion of 1758, it is possible to conclude, from one point of view at least, that Linnaeus was indeed dealing with the horse bot that we know as Gasterophilus nasalis. However, he also cited species No. 1026 of the Fauna Suecica (1st edition), which is admittedly the deer nose bot. I believe that in all such cases one must consider all the informa- tion present,” including descriptive material, habitat, and references, “If this is not done, some peculiar situations will arise. For example, the original diagnosis of adult Oestrus bovis L. (now Hypoderma bovis, the northern cattle grub) is unmistakably that of the horse bot fly, Gasterophilus intestinalis (DeGeer), associated in error with the larvae living in the backs of cattle. DeGeer recognized the confusion, restricted bovis to the cattle pest, and proposed intesti- nalis for the horse bot fly. I doubt that anyone would insist on calling the horse bot fly Gasterophilus bovis on the basis of only the diagnosis part of the original publication. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 vo as representing the total species concept of the author, no matter how confused it may be by modern standards. Accordingly, I consider Oestrus nasalis Li. (1758) to have been based upon a mixture of species. It then becomes necessary to determine the first reviser, i.e., the first author who recognized that a mixture existed and who clearly restricted the name nasalis to one of its component parts. Linnaeus himself appears merely to have continued his confusion of 1758 in his later works. As far as I ean find, the first author who clearly recognized and resolved the confusion was Modeer (1786), who proposed Oestrus trompe for the deer nose bot, and restricted Oestrus nasalis to the horse bot. Under trompe he pointed out that Linnaeus described the species on deer, though not perfectly, in the first edition of the Fauna Suecica. However, wrote Modeer (pp. 134-5), ‘SA ereater error has occurred in the second edition of the same book, for in that there is an entirely different and quite separate description bearing on an entirely different little creature, entered under the name of nasalis (whose larva lives in the horse’s pharynx).’’? After noting the elimination of accompanying citations from Oestrus nasalis in the fifth edition of the Systema Naturae, Modeer stated that ‘‘From all this it can certainly be concluded that Oestrus trompe is far differ- ent from the nasalis cited in the more recent Fauna Suecica and the above-mentioned Systema...’’ (p. 135). Later, under nasalis, Modeer wrote that ‘‘There is no other author who has described this nose- sting fly [Nosstyng-fluga, i.e. Oestrus nasalis] except von Linné’’ (p. 146) {Translations from Swedish by Miss Ruth Ericson]. Modeer’s work made a clear-cut distinction between trompe and nasalis, After his work, the name trompe was widely recognized by the great dipterists of the time (e.g., Fabricius, Fallén, Meigen, Zetter- stedt, etc.) as applying to a deer nose bot, and nasalis to a horse bot (either as the name of choice or as a synonym of veterinus ). (2) Substitute Name In 1797 Bracy Clark definitely accepted nasalis as applying to the throat bot fly, but renamed it veterinus only because he regarded the name nasalis as inappropriate (‘‘T have given it the name veterinus, because beasts of burden are particularly subject to it, in preference to the erroneous one of nasalis,’’ p. 313). Veterinus, which has been used for the throat bot fly by those authors who regard nasalis as a deer nose bot, is thus really only a substitute name for nasalis and neither a separate proposal nor a restriction. It is, however, an invalid substitute name, because zoological names are not to be rejected be- cause of inappropriateness (International Rules of Zoological Nomen- clature, Article 32); hence the proper specific name is nasalis, with veterinus as an objective synonym. 4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 (3) Usage Although a few authors, chiefly taxonomists, have used nasalis L. for the deer nose bot and veterinus Clark for the throat bot fly of horses, predominant usage since Modeer (1786) has nasalis L. as the throat bot fly and trompe Modeer as the deer nose bot. As a purely practical approach, there will be less inconvenience and more contribu- tion to stability by maintaining that predominant usage. Otherwise, the specific names of two important economic species would have to be changed, including the transfer of the name nasalis from one species to another. We are not always so fortunate to find that usage and technical priority yield the same answer. LITERATURE CITED (other than references in text) Aldrich, J. M., 1926. What is Oestrus nasalis Linnaeus? Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus 14: 15-16. Brauer, F., 1886. Nachtriige zur Monographie der Oestriden. Wien. Ent. Ztg. 5: 289-304. Clark, Bracy, 1797. Observations on the genus Oestrus. Trans. Linnaean Soe. London 3: 289-329. Modeer, A., 1786. Styng-Flug-Sligtet (Oestrus). Svenska Vetenskaps Acad., Nya Handlingar 7: 125-158. Railliet, A., 1918. Sur la nomenclature de deux (strides du Cheval. Bull. Soe. Zool. France 43: 102-104. Rodhain, J. and Bequaert, J., 1920. Oestrides d’antilopes et de zébres .. . aveé un conspectus du genre Gasterophilus. Revue Zool. Africaine 8: 169-228. Zumpt, F. and Paterson, H. E., 1953. Studies on the family Gasterophilidae. Jour. Ent. Soc. S. Africa 16: 59-72. ANNUAL MOSQUITO MEETING The 13th annual meeting of the American Mosquito Control Association, Inc., will be held in the Di Lido Hotel at Miami Beach, Florida, April 28 to May 2, 1957. Subjects of invitational papers include a report of the worldwide malaria eradication program, an evaluation of insect resistance to insecticides and its future significance on a worldwide basis, a report of the present status and future possibilities of biological control of mosquitoes, and a discussion of the importance of the relationship of taxonomy to mosquito control. PLAN NOW TO ATTEND!!! ANNOUNCEMENT Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced typewritten pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication. References to literature should be ineluded in the text. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 5 THE BITING MIDGES OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES' (DiprprRA, HELEIDAE) Witurs W. Wirt? and Roger W. WinuiAmMs’ During June and July, 1955, the junior author conducted light- trap and recovery-cage studies of the Heleidae in each of the several parishes of Bermuda, and made observations on their breeding habits, which he will report on separately. Two pairs of recovery cages were placed for weekly periods in each of 15 areas, and a mosquito lght trap was operated for a week in each of 7 of the areas and for 4 days at the Biological Station. In this study 13 species of Heleidae, rep- resenting 4 genera, were taken, of which 5 species are new to science. In the taxonomic descriptions the following terms should be defined : ‘* Antennal ratio’? (AR) is the value obtained by dividing the com- bined lengths of the five elongated distal segments by the combined leneths of the preceding eight, or XI-XV over III-X (in Pterobosca the ratio is X-X'V over III-IX). ‘‘Tarsal ratio (TR) is the value ob- tained by dividing the length of the hind basitarsus by the length of the second hind tarsomere. Wing length is measured exactly from the basal arculus to the wing tip. The Tillyard modification of the Com- stock-Needham system of wing venation is used whereby the branches of the anterior fork are called M,; and Mz and the branches of the posterior fork M34 and Cu,. The types of the new species here de- scribed and most of the material studied are deposited in the U.S. National Museum in Washington, D. C. Paratypes and other speci- mens when available will be furnished the Museum of Comparative Zoology in Cambridge, Mass., the British Museum (Natural History ) in London, and the Bermuda Biological Station, St. George’s, Bermuda. Johnson (1913) mentioned only two species of the family Heleidae (= Ceratopogonidae) from the Bermuda Islands. One, which he de- scribed as new under the name Ceratopogon fur, was actually Ptero- bosca fusicornis (Coquillett) ; the second species he referred to only as Ceratopogon sp., without notes that would give us a clue to its identity. Ogilvie (1928) does not mention this family as occurring in Bermuda, nor does Waterston (1940). 1Contribution No. 226 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was sup- ported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick Fellow- ship granted to the junior author by the Bermuda Biological Station for investi- gation of the Culicoides of the Bermudas. Thanks are due Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr., director of the Biological Station, for assistance and to members of the Bermuda Agriculture Experiment Station, Gordon R. Groves, director, Idwal Wyn Hughs, assistant director, J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist, and C. A. Baker, hor- ticulturist, for transporting equipment and identifying the plants. *Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture. ® School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine of the Faculty of Medi- cine, Columbia University. 6 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 KEY TO THE BERMUDA SPECIES OF HELEIDAH (Based primarily on females) 1. Fore femur with strong ventral spines; tarsal claws large; macrotrichia of wing absent; wing with only one radial cell, the costa extending to 0:72 0£ distance to wine tipi Blatt ae ae 14. Bezzia atlantica, n. sp. Fore femur without ventral spines; tarsal claws small; macrotrichia pres- ent on wing, usually abundant; wing with two radial cells present; costa extending to less than 0.6 of distance to wing tip... - 2 2. Empodium well developed; wing with abundant, long appressed macro- trichia; first radial cell narrow, second radial cell not sharply angled awoapexcs = So. gh NS eee OEY Sak A oe ee oa ek a ce es See SSN, 3} Empodium absent; wing with sparse, suberect macrotrichia — 5206 3. Terminal six segments of antenna elongated; empodium greatly developed, OPN GLEL ND espers RU Reg aye seers, etter 2 eee aos 1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett) Terminal five segments of antenna elongated; empodium normal, small; AREA OHS 1s bp Sek SS eet e os 2 ed SNS). Sips st Vie G8 ee 4 4. TR 0.5; mesonotum with pale mesal longitudinal band; pleuron with transverse dark band; legs with apices of femora and bases of tibiae dark; wing without pale spots; halter brown _.3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie TR 1.0-1.3; mesonotum unicolorous brown; pleuron not banded; legs banded or unbanded; wing with or without pale spots; halter pale or Jaro yannte oem eee eee ies 2 ee Fe Ss ee ee ee 5 5. TR 1.0; legs with broad pale and dark bands; wing with pattern of pale Spots; halter knob, brownish 2 5s 4. Forcipomyia varipennis, n. sp. TR 1.3; legs unbanded; wing uniformly brownish gray; halter pale Bh meer Senet Senta he a Doe 25 2 ow Yicu) Mente 2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter 6. First radial cell nearly or completely obliterated, second obliterated or square-ended; humeral pits not developed; eyes pubescent; wing hyaline without: «color .pattern 2253) i bine wee here ee eee 7 First and second radial cells well developed, subequal; humeral pits well developed; eyes bare; wing usually with pattern of pale spots... 12 7. Abdominal terga with posterior borders narrowly white; large species Gwanowellailsd: <mimir tone) ) ise eh eee Pe Tinea Wie ea ee 8 Abdominal terga uniformly blackish; small species (wing 0.65-0.9 mm. Waralfes Ve Wks ee WD aie Ni camer Ie ee Man RCN Med ea ene Ee. 10 8. Abdominal pleura dappled with many small black streaks; large species (wing 1.4 mm. long); mesonotum with median tuft of seale-like bristles SLT See RUE ES Rosie Bt REPL ED WeeMe 6 40 SEO Nee Sir ie Le dill 5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett ) Abdominal pleura uniformly pale or with several large dark areas; medium sized species (wing 1-1.2 mm. long); mesonotum without median tuft of seale-like bristles Mesonotum grayish green pollinose; abdominal pleura III-VI extensively Pa Vee SIN i el Re yeas nies FES 6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett ) Mesonotum yellowish brown with three obscure darker brown vittae; abdomen without dark areas on pleura III-VI Bz walea se, 7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, n. sp. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 1 10. Thorax uniformly dull, jet-black; male dististyle bifid... == Seer uiubt ens Paani a nie, ANUS A, Oak a 8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie Thorax shining brown to black with yellow scutellum, humeri and pre seutellar and supra-alar spots; male dististyle simple... == =iDl 11. Antennal segments longer, segment XI 1.39 times as long as X; second radial cell twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.04 mm. in diameter with sclerotized base of duct one-third as long as diameter of sperma- theca; male genitalia as in figure 1_____.._-.________ 9, Dasyhelea atlantis, n. sp. Antennal segments shorter, segment XI 1.25 times as long as X; second radial cell not twice as long as broad; spermatheca 0.06 mm. in diame- ter with base of duct sclerotized only a short distance; male genitalia as FUP MCST LE WIT Ge) oe ee epee cet ow CNet ce eel BY abe 10. Dasyhelea bermudae, n. sp. 12. Color subshining pale yellow; wing without pattern; two spermathecae OE OSC NN eee sere ere cee a ee 11. Culicoides floridensis Beck Color pruinose grayish brown; wing with pattern of large pale areas; oulyzoneuspermathecar present te. sls iia Te ee ee ees 13 13. Wing markings consisting of sharply defined pale areas, second radial cell blackish to tip; mesonotum with prominent pattern .....___»_»_S I MOE IN ses ee AN SE eee NO uney LI he N 12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch Wing markings not sharply defined; second radial cell yellowish at the extromerapex; mesonotum without pattern = = = = iy A TRS ples bl Pe ae Me ce Wee BR Poe eee ep 13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams 1. Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett) Ceratopogon fusicornis Coquillett, 1905, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 13: 63 (female; Biscayne Bay, Florida). Pterobosca fusicornis Johannsen, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 117 (vecords; syn.: macfiei Costa Lima and floridana Johannsen). Ceratopogon fur Johnson, 1913, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 444 (female; Ber- muda; fig. wing; attached to a small agrionid dragonfly). NEW SYNONYMY. The two cotypes of Ceratopogon fur in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University were examined through the courtesy of Dr. P. J. Darlington. One female is attached to the thorax of the agrionid host at the membranous portion at the base of the wings, with the proboscis of the midge parasite piercing the integument of the host. The other cotype female which was glued to a eard point on a separate pin was dissected and mounted on a slide by the senior author. Examination of the following characters shows the species to be the same as Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), the type of which was used for comparison. Eyes bare; third palpal segment with a shallow, definite pit; tarsal ratio 3.0; tarsal claws each deeply cleft and the two parts each broadly expanded, bladelike ; empodium large and broad, modified for clinging; wing 1.13 mm. long, with moderately dense, long, suberect hairs arranged in lines, with narrow bare lines along the veins; halter brown; legs brown; thorax shining brown, with brown hairs, scutellum slightly paler. This species, which was not 8 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 taken in the present study, was the only named species of the family previously known from Bermuda. 2. Forcipomyia ingrami Carter Forcipomyia ingrami Carter, 1919, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 12: 290 (male, fe- male; Gold Coast; fig. antenna, wing, tarsus, palpus, genitalia, larva, pupa) ; Edwards, 1928, Ins. of Samoa, pt. VI, fase. 2, p. 51 (Samoa); Macfie, 1933, B. P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 114: 94 (Marquesas Ids.) ; Macfie, 1934, Stylops 3: 133 (Hawaii) ; Macfie, 1934, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. 28: 179 (Malaya). Specimens examined: 16 males, 314 females, in light traps from Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Pampas Farm (South Shore Marsh), Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton Marsh, and Evans Pond, and in recovery cages from Pampas Farm, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh, and Southampton Marsh. Forcipomyia ingrami is a pale brown, unmarked species with female TR about 1.3, the male TR from 0.8 to 1.1. The male genitalia offer the best characters for the separation of ingrami from the related species such as calcarata (Coquillett) from Mexico and quasiingranuw from Brazil; in ingrami the aedeagus is in the form of a truncated cone and the sclerotized band of the parameres is broadly U-shaped rather than narrowly V-shaped anteriorly. Macfie’s records of ingrami from Trinidad were later referred by him to quasiingrami, and the present record constitutes the first authentic record of ingrami from the Western Hemisphere. 3. Forcipomyia raleighi Macfie Forcipomyia raleighi Maefie, 1938, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London (B) 7: 160 (male, female; Trinidad; fig. male genitalia). Specimens examined: 77 males, 36 females, in lght traps from Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Paget Marsh, Southampton Marsh and Evans Pond. Forcipomyia raleight is easily recognized by its short basitarsus (TR about 0.5), plain wings, mesally pale mesonotum, dark halteres and dark-banded pleura and banded abdomen. It is widely distributed in the Caribbean area. 4, Forcipomyia varipennis, new species Female.—Length of wing 0.67 mm. Head brown, eyes bare. Antenna with flagellar segments in proportion of 13 :12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:18:18:18:23, AR 0.95, proximal flagellar segments short, tapering, segments XI-XIV vase-shaped with short distal necks, last segment with terminal papilla which has a spherical tip. Palpal segments in proportion of 10:10:20:10:10, third segment greatly swollen to apex, three-fourths as broad as long, with a large, deep, sensory cavity opening by a small pore. Mouthparts rudimentary, mandibles not developed. Thorax dark brown, mesonotum and secutellum with numerous long, mixed PROG. ENT, SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 9 brown and golden, upright hairs and appressed slender, yellowish scales. Coxae yellowish; fore and hind tibiae with narrow sub-basal and broader subapical brown bands, the latter subequal in width to the yellowish band of each side; mid tibia brown except at extreme base and apex; tarsi brown with narrow segmental yellow bands. Legs with numerous long, upright, stiff hairs and appressed, narrow, striated scales; six spines in hind tibial comb; hind tibial spur almost half as long as basitarsus, scaly at base; TR 1.0; claws slender and curved, simple. Wing with abundant long, striated, blackish scales; adorned with small yellow- ish anterior spot past end of costa and irregular, diffuse, paler areas on distal and posterior portions. Halter knob brownish. Abdomen dark brown with numerous dark brown hairs and slender scales. Spermathecae two, subequal, elongate oval, each measuring 0.035 by 0.055 mm. Holotype-—Female, Warwick Pond, Bermuda, 4 July 1955, R. W. Wilhams, recovery cage (type No. 62916, U.S.N.M.). Paratypes.—8 females, Bermuda, same data as type; 1 female, Warwick Marsh, recovery cage, 4 July 1955. Purrro Rico—1 female, El Yunque, 20-23 March, 1954, J. Maldonado and 8S. Medina. UNrrep Stares—1 female, Brownsville, Texas, 1 October 1951, A. B. Gurney, palm grove. GUATE- MALA—2, females, Actenango, 22 June 1951, Gibson and Ascoli, at hght; 1 female, Yepocapa, 26 ‘July Os Gibson and Ascoli, at light. “Forcipomyia. cinctipes (Coquillett) from United States (type local- ity, Florida )is very similar, but has pale halteres, dark coxae, femora dark nearly to bases, the second dark band on hind tibia is twice as broad as the pale bands on each side, the third palpal segment is not greatly swollen and has a small sensory pit and the size averages larger (wing up to 1.4 mm. long). Forcipomyia ornatipennis Macfie from Brazil is also related, but also is a larger species (wing 1.3-1.4 mm. long) with three large pale spots on the anterior margin of the female wing, halteres pale, and the legs have more extensive yellow bands on the femora and mid tibia. Macfie’s reference (1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 96) to a damaged male specimen of ornatipennis from Costa Rica prob- ably refers to varipennis. 5. Dasyhelea cincta (Coquillett) Ceratopogon cinctus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 605 (female; Lake Worth, Florida). Dasyhelea cincta, Johannsen, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer, 36: 778; Wirth, 1952, Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 150 (male, baa fig. wing, antenna, palpus, spermathecae, male genitalia; many U. S. localities). Specimens examined: 7 males, 18 panies from recovery cages at Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, and Southampton Marsh. This is a relatively large species (wing about 1.4 mm. long) with pruinose bluish-black mesonotum spotted with yellowish, especially on the borders, and bearing a tuft of black scale-like bristles in the middle of the mesonotum; wings with bare lines, abdomen with posterior borders of terga white and abdominal pleura with many small black streaks. 10 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 6. Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett ) Ceratopogon griseus Coquillett, 1901, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 602 (female; Washington, D. C., Lake Worth, Florida). Dasyhelea grisea Thomsen, 1935, Jour. New York Ent. Soe. 43: 283; Wirth, 1952, Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 155 (male, female; many U. S. localities; fig. antenna, palpus, male genitalia). Specimens examined: 19 males, 45 females, from recovery cage at Warwick Marsh. This moderate sized (wine 1-1.2 mm. long) species can be recog- nized by its uniformly grayish-green pollinose mesonotum with three narrow darker setigerous vittae; wine with sparse hairs and bare lines; legs pale with blackish knees; abdomen black above, the apices of segments narrowly white-margined; pleura of abdominal segments II-VI extensively black; spermatheca one, oval with a short sclero- tized neck; male genitalia with blunt dististyle, a distinct sclerotized hook on mesal margin of basistyle, ninth sternum not produced caudad, and apicolateral processes of ninth tergum well developed. 7. Dasyhelea luteogrisea, new species Female.—Length of wing 1.0 mm. Structurally nearly identical with grisea (Coquillett). Mesonotum yellowish brown with three broad, obscure, darker, dull, grayish-brown vittae; halter knob yellowish; abdominal pleura without integumental dark patches on segments III- VI, but with denser, longer, conspicuous patches of brownish bristly hairs; all hairs of body slightly longer and more conspicuous than in grisea. Male.—Mesonotum uniformly dark brown with heavy bluish-gray pollinosity ; scutellum dull yellowish brown. Genitalia with spine of apicolateral processes of ninth tergum short and stout. Otherwise as in grisea. Types.—Holotype female, allotype male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955, R. W. Willams (type No. 62917, U.S.N.M., mounted on slides). Paratypes: 250 males, females, Bermuda, from recovery cages at Spittal Pond, Trott’s Pond, Paget Marsh, Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Evans Pond, Southampton Marsh and Mid-Ocean Country Club Pond, and in the light trap at Spittal Pond. Also the following paratypes: United States—22 males, 7 females, Lake Worth, Florida, 9 August 1951, W. W. Wirth, light trap; 7 males, 13 females, North Miami Beach, Florida, 18 April 1951, J. E. Porter, hight trap; 3 females, Lake Charles, Louisiana, 9 June 1917, J. M. Aldrich ; 2 females, Galveston, Texas, 16 April 1905, W. D. Pierce, on Tamarix gallica. Bahamas—1 female, South Bimini Island, June 1951, Cazier and Vaurie. This species is evidently a salt marsh relative of Dasyhelea grisea (Coquillett), with which it occasionally occurs, but without showing evidence of interbreeding. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 11 8. Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie Dasyhelea scissurae Macfie, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) 20: 15 (male; Trini- dad; fig. genitalia) ; Macfie, 1953, Beitr. zur Ent. 3: 103 (male, female; Costa Rica). Specimens examined: 2 males, 1 female, Paget Marsh, light trap, 28 June and 1 male, Evans Pond, in hght trap, 12-18 July 1955. The uniformly dull, jet-black color with only the halteres white, small size (wing 0.9 mm. long) and the bifid male dististvles will readily identify this species. 9. Dasyhelea atlantis, new species (Figure 1) Male, female.—Length of wing 0.75-0.8 mm. Color in specimens preserved in alcohol shining dark brown; male mesonotum uniformly blackish, female mesonotum paler brown with humeri, supra-alar spots and a pair of oval spots in prescutellar depression, yellowish. Scutellum yellowish, with six bristles; postscutellum and pleuron dark brown. Antenna brown, palpus yellowish; legs yellowish, femora and tibiae more or less infuscated; halter knob whitish, stem dark; wing grayish hyaline, the radial cells slightly darkened; abdominal terga uniformly blackish. Eye pubescent. Antenna with flagellar seg- ments in proportion of 15:10:11:11:12:12:13:13:18:18:18:18:25; tenth segment 1.6 times as long as broad; last segment without terminal stylet. Palpal segments in proportion of 15:25:12:12. TR 2.4; six or seven spines in hind tibial comb. Wing with second radial cell twice as long as broad, macrotrichia numerous, arranged in lines on disc but forming patches on distal and posterior wing mar- gins. Spermatheca one, subspherical, diameter about 0.04 mm., with a very slender sclerotized duct one-third as long as diameter of spermatheca. Male genitalia as in figure 1. Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Trott’s Pond, 10 June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62919, U.S.N.M., on slide). Allo- type—Female, from recovery cage at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955. Paratypes.—About 700 males and females, from recovery cages, during June and July from Lovers Lake, Wilkinson Pond, Trott’s Pond, Spittal Pond, Warwick Pond, Seymour Pond, Evans Pond, Pilchard Bay and Mid-Ocean Country Club Ponds, and from the heht trap at Spittal Pond, 17-23 June 1955. 10. Dasyhelea bermudae, new species (Figure 2) Male, female. Very similar in color markings to atlantis, the shining blackish mesonotum with Length of wing 0.65-0.70 mm. yellowish humeri and preseutellar spots outstanding. Structurally as in atlantis, but differing as follows: Antennal segments slightly shorter, flagellar segments in proportion 15:12:12:12:12:12:12:12:15:15:15:15:20. Wimg slightly hairier, sec- ond radial cell not quite as long as broad. Spermatheea larger, diameter about 0.06 mm., the base of the duct sclerotized only a short distance. Male genitalia quite different, as in figure 2. 12 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Holotype—Male, Bermuda, from recovery cage at Warwick Pond, 4 July 1955, R. W. W illiams (type No. 62918, U.S.N.M., on slide). Allotype. Female, from recovery cage at Pampas Farm, 21-27 June 1955. Paratypes.—50 males, 75 females, from recovery cages during June and July at Pampas Farm, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Warwick Pond, Warwick Marsh, Seymour Pond, and Southampton Marsh. 1 2 Fig. 1, male genitalia of Dasyhelea atlantis; fig. 2, male genitalia of Dasyhelea bermudae. The stippling represents areas of greater sclerotization. 11. Culicoides floridensis Beck Culicoides floridensis Beck, 1951, Florida Ent. 34: 135 (male, female; Florida; fig. male genitalia). Specimens examined: Only 3 males and 3 females were taken, these in the light trap at Wilkinson Pond. Culicoides floridensis is somewhat similar to melleus of the Atlantie and Gulf Coasts of the United States, in that it is a pale yellowish species with unspotted wings, but the wings of floridensis are relatively barer and the female has the spermathecae less heavily sclerotized. The male genitalia of floridensis have normal dististyles, conspicuously spinose parameres, and a V-shaped aedeagus, whereas those of melleus have the dististyles conspicuously bent, the parameres simple and the aedeagus massive, with high arch and truneate tip. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 13 12. Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch Culicoides crepuscularis Malloch, 1915, Bull. Illinois St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 10: 303 (male, female; Illinois, Michigan, Arizona; fig. wing, mesonotum, male antenna, genitalia) ; Foote and Pratt, 1954, Pub. Hlth. Monogr. 18: 19 (re- described, records, fig. wing, mesonotum, palpus, male genitalia). Specimens examined: 176 females and 74 males from a light trap at Biological Station, Wilkinson Pond, Spittal Pond, Pampas Farm, Paget Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Southampton Marsh, and Evans Pond, and 577 males and 658 females from recovery cages at Pampas Farm, Devonshire March, Paget Marsh, Pembroke Marsh, Warwick Marsh, Seymour Pond, Southampton Marsh, Pilchard Bay, and the larger of the two Mid-Ocean Golf Course Ponds. This species is a close relative of canithorax Hoffman and alaskensis Wirth from North America, as well as bermudensis with which it was associated in Bermuda. Crepuscularis can be distinguished from these species by its conspicuous wing pattern of definite rounded spots and by the prominent mesonotal pattern consisting of a median longi- tudinal diamond-shaped anterior band and a pair of crescent-shaped lateral bands which are dark brown on a pruinose grayish background. 13. Culicoides bermudensis Williams Culicoides bermudensis Williams, 1956, Jour. Parasit. 42(3): 297-300. (female; Bermuda; fig. wing, palpus). Specimens examined: 224 females in light trap from Pampas Farm, Paget Marsh and Southampton Marsh, and 111 females in recovery cages from Trott’s Pond, Devonshire Marsh, Paget Marsh, Pampas Farm, Warwick Pond, and Southampton Marsh. Culicoides bermudensis is a small, brownish, poorly marked species. The female is closely related to canithorax of North America, but differs from it in possessing 8 or less mandibular teeth instead of 15, the AR is less than 1.2, the distance between the eyes is about 2.5 times as great, the palpus and wing are less than two-thirds as long, macro- trichia are sparse, the first spine of the hind tibial comb is the longest, the long axis of the distal pale spot in cell R; les at a 45° angle to yein M, and the single spermatheca is more than 1.5 times as large as in cantthorar. No males were collected. 14. Bezzia atlantica, new species Male, female.—Length of wing 1.2 mm. Head brown; antenna and palpus pale brown, basal rings of antennal segments at the verticils whitish; flagellar segments in proportion of 20:18:18:19:20:22: 23:24:35:35:30:40:44. Palpal segments in proportion of 8:12:20:12:18. Man- dible with ten teeth. Thorax in preserved specimens dark brown, with short dark pubescence, extent of pruinose pattern undetermined; four or five long black bristles above wing base; scutellum yellowish, with four strong black bristles. Legs dark brown; broad yellow bands on middle of hind femur, at base and before apex of fore tibia, on distal half of mid tibia but leaving extreme apex dark, and 14 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 on middle third of hind tibia; tarsi yellowish. Legs moderately stout; fore femur with three long, rather slender, black spines on flexor side, fore and mid femora with one apical extensor spine, hind femur with extensor series of three or four bristles; claws black, equal, each with a strong, blunt, basal tooth; TR about 2.0. Wing yellowish hyaline, costa extending to 0.72 of wing length; medial fork sessile. Halter brown. Abdomen dull yellowish brown; female with one pair of gland rods as long as 3.5 segments. Female spermathecae two, pyriform, subequal. Male genitalia as figured by Wirth (1952, fig. 27 f) for setulosa. Holotype.—Male, Bermuda, Devonshire Marsh, from recovery cage, 21-27 June 1955, R. W. Williams (type No. 62920, U.S.N.M. on slide): Allotype.—Female, Bermuda, Pampas Farms, from recovery cage, 21- 27 June 1955. Paratypes——4 males, 4 females, same data as holotype. Bezzia setulosa (Loew), a common Nearectie species, is closely re- lated, but differs in having the legs more extensively yellowish, the femora with very broad pale bands at midlength and the fore femur with an additional pale preapical ring, the pale tibial bands are also slightly broader, the female gland rods extend through 4.5 segments and the spermathecae are not distinetly pyriform. REFERENCES Johnson, C. W. 1913. The Dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 443-452. Oglivie, L. 1928. The insects of Bermuda. Bermuda Dept. Agr. Waterston, J. M. 1940. Supplementary list of Bermuda insects. Bermuda Dept. Agr. Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Pub. Ent. 9: 95-266. PROCEEDINGS Back VOLUMES AND SINGLE NUMBERS AVAILABLE Vols. 1-19, per volume a _ $2.00 | OXEH hi ¢N G01 OY 2 Ae see ee aes GMa anal Wes Ree Aaa were EN 90 Vols. 20-50, per volume _ esd CNS Meace nat ORs Asante Mea rade were ee ee mT) ALLO G) Der MumbeIh es elk a SRE Oe eS nh Dee teen ae b 20 AYACo) KS ESp al ESO feoey OLS) ian 0) Lh 00: ReMi A INane Ale RENEE aren Se Ne ere enn aa in Semen: waaay a NL (OY) DOL RDO =e ea Ee ee 2 a see eee a Note: No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 9 and No.’s 1-4 of Vol. 19 are available only as complete volumes. Per volume Pen eee Mae ee eee se 2)(0Y() COMPLETE SETS, Vous. 1-57 (1884-1955, inelusive) —- d f _.. 194.00 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 15 A REVISION OF THE GENERA OF POEMENIINI AND XORIDINI (HYMENOPTERA, ICHNEUMONIDAE) Henry TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. The ichneumonid tribes Poemeniini and Xoridini belong in the sub- family Pimplinae, which subfamily includes species with usually a rather cylindric body shape, areolet triangular or absent, tarsal claws not visibly pectinate but often lobed or cleft, spiracle of first abdomi- nal tergite at or in front of the middle, and ovipositor long and with- out a subapical dorsal notch. These characters are rather general in statement and subject to exceptions, but are enough for a correct sub- family placement of the majority of the Pimplinae, including mem- bers of the present two tribes. Perhaps the greatest difficulty for the tribes under consideration is to distinguish them from members of the Gelinae belonging to the subtribe Echthrina (tribe Mesostenini). The Echthrina differ from the Poemeniini and Xoridini in having the areolet, when present, rectangular or quadrangular (except in the Ethiopion genus Gabunia), and the dorsal valve of the ovipositor somewhat enclosed apically by a dorsal flange of the ventral valves. It is a common mistake of older authors to put some of these echthrine genera in the Xoridini because of a superficial resemblance, but both larval and adult characters show them to be true members of the relinae. The Poemeniini and Noridini have commonly been included in the single tribe Xoridini (Ashmead, 1900, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 23 : 60-62 ; and Schmeideknecht, 1907, Opuscula Ichneumonologica, p. 1336) or in the tribes Xoridini and Odontomerini (Cushman and Rohwer, 1920, Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 57: 395-396). More recently a division into two tribes approximately as used here has been effected, but hereto- fore without a statement of the characters on which the division was based (Townes, 1944, Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85; 102-115, and Townes and Townes, 1951, U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog, 2: 198-199 ; 204-207). In spite of the fact that members of the two tribes have been commonly classified together, they are not closely related. Lar- val and adult characters seem to ally the Poemeniini with the Rhys- sini and seem to relate the Xoridini with the Labenini and Acaenitini. At any rate, they are certainly distinct tribes. Key DISTINGUISHING THE POEMENIINI FROM THE XORIDINI 1. Propodeum not areolated, prepectal carina absent; epipleurum of second abdominal tergite very narrow, almost absent; middle tibia of female iO Hite O Dlg tem or OO MES ome = su aeentl ee Shea Seat tS eee Poemeniini Propodeum completely or almost completely areolated; prepectal carina present; epipleurum of second abdominal tergite moderately wide, usually about 0.25 times as wide as long; middle tibia of female usually with one or two oblique grooves that give it a twisted appearance... Xoridini 16 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Tribe Poemeniini As defined in the key, this tribe includes Poemenia, Deuteroxorides, Neoxorides, Eugalta, and the new genera Podoschistus, Cnastis, and Ganodes. In 1944 I ineluded also the genera Clistopyga and Diacritus (Mem. Amer. Ent. Soe. 11: 80-85). Clistopyga was removed to the Polysphinetini in 1951 (Townes and Townes, U. 8. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2: 192). Diacritus has a prepectal carina, and in some other, less definite, characters is a misfit in the Poemeniini. It is hereby removed from the Poemniini and referred provisionally to the Plecti- scinae. The genera which I believe are properly referred to the Poemeniini are discussed below. KEY TO THE GENERA OF POKMENIINI 1. Mandible with two apieal teeth, the upper tooth smaller; clypeus evenly convex, about 2.0 times as wide as long; tarsal claws simple. Hol- AT CULG preset tle, Fy A iol ota SG, SS Re ee aE Cee Poemenia Mandible without two teeth, its apex truneate and echisel-shaped; clypeus basally convex and apically impressed, 1.3 to 1.8 times as wide as long; tarsal claws of middle legs with a subapical tooth except in Neoworides._ 2 ~S) 2. Dorsal half of temple finely and weakly scabrous; clypeus about 1.8 times asi wide, asilongs. | Palaearctic. 222 soeee em 25 Nie eal trate Deuteroxorides Dorsal half of temple coarsely and strongly scabrous; eclypeus about 1.5 bIMES: “AS Cwide as; TON pis Ee a Wp ae eA A el 3 3. Outer claw of hind tarsus bent at a sharp angle, the inner claw more weakly curved; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tarsus enlarged and shoehmblihien) (Obaehawh each ed iy onotey as see 2 ee Eugalta Outer claw of hind tarsus not bent at a sharp angle and not more sharply curved than inner claw; apical ungual bristle on outer claw of hind tar- susvnotr enlarged... e292 od ee oe ae et Sh) Sas 8S ee 4 4. Tarsal claws simple; second and third tergites impunctate or with a few WeAkes pln ctuiness), slo am chess eee ea cua! cee LN AA ar Neoxorides Tarsal claws with a subapical tooth, or the hind claws sometimes simple; second) and) third tergites definitely-punctate: 2 ee eee Hind tarsal claws with a subapical appressed tooth; nervulus opposite the asallimvein’; pElOlan tics, sewleM re Aas hsoct at oe Wee eh As Seana aie ae Podoschistus Hind tarsal claws simple; nervulus before the basal vein by about 0.25 (eo) (OAYS qameiKersy syiste WW enovetol, ee ee ipa Ee ae eas elle ei 6 6. Areolet present; first tergite of female about 2.4 times as long as wide. Neotropical: Sse. te 2025 ai Ne ye aOR eRe et Eee ih TANT ae Ganodes Areolet absent; first tergite of female about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as Wades Jiapan,) Philippines: vanes cm dossiers) ee ceves er cee ues eee ea eae Cnastis Genus Poemenia Poemenia Holmgren, 1859. Ofvers. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Forh. 16: 130. Type: Poemenia notata Holmgren. Monobasie. Calliclisis Foerster, 1868. Verh. Naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 169. Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Designated by Viereck, 1914. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 17 Phthinodes Tschek, 1868. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 18: 272. Type: Ephialtes hecticus Gravenhorst. Monobasic. Euxorides Cresson, 1870. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3: 167. Type: Euaorides americanus Cresson. Monobasic. Lissonotopsis Habermehl, 1917. Ztschr. Wiss. Ins.-Biol. 13: 234, 306. Type: (Lissonotopsis rufa Habermehl) = hectica Gravenhorst. Monobasie. Clypeus moderately large, about 2.0 times as wide as long, evenly convex, coy- ered with rather long hairs, its apical margin concave; mandible moderately long, with two apical teeth, the upper tooth shorter; temple in profile about 0.53 times as long as eye, its dorsal half sometimes with a weakly scabrous area; meso- scutum moderately trilobed; notauli strong anteriorly, fading out on dise of mesosecutum; areolet present or absent, when absent the intercubitus about 0.8 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus usually opposite basal vein, but sometimes before or a little beyond; tarsal claws simple, those of the hind legs sharply curved in a right angle turn; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.5 times as long as wide; second and third tergites with fine dense punctures. This is a rather small, Holaretic genus. In North America there are four species. Genus Deuteroxorides Deuteroxorides Viereck, 1914. Bul. U. S. Natl. Mus. 83: 43. Type: Xorides albitarsus Gravenhorst. Clypeus rather small, about 1.8 times as wide as long, convex basally, the rest impressed and the apical margin concave; mandible of moderate length, its apex chisel-shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.5 times as long as eye, its dorsal half finely and half weakly scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent; intercubitus about 0.5 to 1.0 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite or a little before basal vein; tarsal claws of male simple, the outer claw of hind tarsus more sharply curved than inner claw; female tarsal claws with an internal trun- cate tooth on front and middle legs, simple on hind leg or with an inner tooth on inner claw, the outer claw more sharply curved than inner claw; first tergite about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites with rather close, moderate sized punctures. There are two species: the European NXorides albitarsus Graven- horst, 1829, and the Japanese Vorides orientalis Uchida, 1928. Genus Eugalta Eugalta Cameron, 1899. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soe. 43: 135. Type: Hugalta strigosa Cameron. Designated by Ashmead, 1900. Pseudeugalta Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. Type: Engalta spinosa Cameron. Monobasie. Baliena Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 101. Type: Baliena leptopus Cameron. Monobasie. Tilgida Cameron, 1900. Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc. 44: 108. Type: Tilgida albitarsis Cameron. Monobasie. 1s PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Aethria Tosquinet, 1903. Mém. Soc. Ent. Belgique 10: 114. New. synonymy. Type: Aethria conspicua Tosquinet. Monobasic. Bathymeris Cameron, 1906. Entomologist 39: 251. Type: Bathymeris longipes Cameron. Monobasie. Formoxorides Uchida, 1928. Jour. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14. Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti. Original designation. Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apical- ly impressed, the apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel- shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.3 times as long as eye, its upper half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, strongly convergent, and almost meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present or ab- sent, when absent the intercubitus about as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite basal vein; tarsal claws each with a large truncate median tooth; outer claw of hind tarsus bent a little sharper than a right angle, its median tooth obscured within the bend and its apical ungual bristle enlarged and spatulate; first tergite about 2.0 to 4.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites polished, impunectate or variously punctate. This is an Oriental genus, with many species. One species, (or- ides) Eugalta albomarginalis Uchida, 1928 (new combination), oe- curs in Japan. Genus Podoschistus, new genus Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.2 times as wide as long, basally convex, the rest impressed, its apex truncate or concave; mandible short, its apex chisel- shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.55 times as long as eye, its upper half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum rather strongly trilobed; notauli strong, convergent and almost meeting on dise of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the inter- cubitus about 0.5 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus opposite basal vein; tarsal claws with a median, appressed, pointed tooth; first tergite about 2.3 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites mat, with mod- erate punctures. Genotype—X orides vittifrons Cresson, 1868. This is a Holaretic genus, including Norides vitifrons Cresson, 1868, from eastern North America; Yorides scutellaris Desvignes, 1856, from Europe; and Xorides alpensis Uchida, 1928, from Japan. Genus Ganodes, new genus Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the rest impressed, its apical margin subtruneate; mandible short, its apex chisel- shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.4 times as long as eye, its upper half coarsely scabrous; mesoseutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, convergent, meeting on disc of mesoscutum; areolet present; nervulus before basal vein by about 0.3 times its length; claws on front and middle legs of female (the male unknown) with a small median acute tooth; claws on hind tarsus simple, rather strongly curved; first tergite of female about 2.3 times as long as wide; second and third tergites polished, with moderate sized punctures. Genotype—Ganodes balteatus, new species. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 19 Ganodes balteatus, new species Female—Fore wing 10 to 15 mm. long. Frons impunctate but with a few setae; serobe of pronotum impunctate; mesoscutum smooth, with scattered small, indis- tinct punctures, centrally with some sharp wrinkles; mesopleurum polished, most of it with shallow, moderate-sized, rather close punctures; propodeum trans- versely wrinkled on its median third, wrinkled on its lower margin, the rest with rather sparse weak punctures; first tergite polished, with a few weak punctures and faint, fine transverse wrinkling; second and third tergites with moderate sized, rather close punctures interrupted by a median impunctate stripe, the stripe a little wider and the punctures a little sparser on the second tergite. Head white, the mandible, scabrous area on temple, frons medially and con- nected with upper half of occiput, and antenna except for flagellar segments 8 to 19 black; propleurum brown, whitish near fore coxa; pronotum black, broadly white below and above; mesoscutum black, a lateral spot on front part of median lobe and a pair of discal streaks whitish; seutella white surrounded by black; propodeum whitish, its median third black and with a dark brown pleural stripe extending from spiracle posteriorly; a triangle under hind wing brownish; pleura and sterna rufus, the mesopleurum sometimes mottled with whitish and with black below the subalar tubercle; subalar tuberele of mesopleurum and mese- pimeron whitish; tegula white; wings hyaline, their veins dark brown but the costa basally whitish. Legs fulvous, the fore coxa anteriorly, the middle and hind coxae posteriorly, and tinges on front and middle femora and middle troch- anters brownish; front and middle tarsi blackish apieally; hind femur blackish; hind tibia and tarsus yellow. Type—?, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, I[X-27-40, Fritz Plaumann (Townes). Paratypes—3 @ 9, same data as the type but with the dates [11-24 27, 1X-13-40, and X-19-40 (Townes). Genus Cnastis, new genus Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, apically impressed, the apical margin subtruncate; mandible very short, its apex chisel- shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.67 times as long as eye, its upper 0.6 coarsely scabrous; top of head somewhat flattened; mesoscutum weakly tri- lobed; notauli sharp but not strongly impressed, almost meeting on dise of meso- scutum; areolet absent, the intercubitus about 1.1 to 1.35 times as long as second abscissa of cubitus; nervulus before basal vein by about 0.3 to 0.4 times its length; tarsal claws of fore and middle legs of female with an acute submedian tooth; tarsal claws of hind leg simple, strongly curved; first tergite of female about 1.5 to 2.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergite polished, with rather coarse, moderately dense punctures. The last tergite of the female is un- usual in extending beyond the cerci as a flattened lobe that is longer than wide. In related genera the apex of the female last tergite is shorter and scoop-shaped. Genotype—N eoxorides longicaudis longicaudis Baltazar, 1955. The genotype is from Luzon in the Philippines. There is a sub- species of the genotype (N. longicaudis mindanensis Baltazar, 1955) in Mindanao, Philippines, an undescribed subspecies of NV. longicaudis 20) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 in Siam, and a specimen of the species is known from Java. NXorides vulgaris Uchida, 1928, is a second species of the genus, occurring in Japan. Genus Neoxorides Neoxorides Clément, 1938. Festschr. Embrick Strand, v. 4, p. 517. Type: Norides nitens Gravenhorst. Original designation. Clypeus small, quadrate, about 1.5 times as wide as long, convex basally, the rest impressed, its apical margin subtruncate; mandible short, its apex chisel- shaped, without teeth; temple in profile about 0.6 times as long as eye, its upper half coarsely scabrous; mesoscutum strongly trilobed; notauli strong, approxi- mate on disc of mesoscutum; areolet absent, the intereubitus about 0.4 times as long as second abscissa of eubitus; nervulus interstitial; claws simple, mod- erately curved; first tergite about 2.0 to 3.0 times as long as wide; second and third tergites microscopically transversely aciculate, impunctuate or with a few weak, inconspicuous punctures. This is a Holaretic genus, including the European Xorides nitens Gravenhorst, 1829, the European Xorides collaris Gravenhorst, 1829, and the American Xorides caryae Harrineton, 1891, and Yorides borealis Cresson, 1870. Tribe Xoridini This tribe includes Yorides (=Xylonomus), Ischnoceros, Odonto- colon, and Aplomerus. Xorides is an isolated genus. The other three form a compact group, differing from Xorides as indicated in the key to genera and in the ovipositor as described under the genera. KEY TO THE GENERA OF XORIDINI 1. Mandible without two teeth, its apex chisel-shaped; epomia long and strong, usually projecting dorsally as a tooth; female antenna curved or elbowed subapically, at the curve or elbow with one, two or a series of peg-like Setae.y MWiopldwid es it. 2. Suse te gre sae Ct ek EAE Ae ed al See Xorides Mandible with two subequal teeth (as normal); epomia absent or short and weak, not projecting dorsally; female antenna not specialized sub- enonkorlibsy (EVs) to keierererll oyXol, AeYoney yn ee I Ceti 5.1 2 2. Hind femur with a strong median ventral tooth. Holarctic. Odontocolon Hind femur without a median ventral, booth iets. eae SE Ee 3 3. Frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; body subcylindrie. VOU ear Chi Cre: et NRL LU ra Oy spar PR NA es Nonna Pe a Ischnoceros Frons without a median horn or tubercle; body flattened. Nearctie A plomerus Genus Ischnoceros Ischnoceros Gravenhorst, 1829. Tchneumonologica Europaea 2: 949. Type: Ichnewmon rusticus Foureroy. Designated by Viereck, 1914. Head and body not depressed; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth; frons with a strong median horn or tubercle; female flagellum not specialized as in Xorides ; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath; first abdominal segment short, stout, rather strongly bent at the middle; second tergite with weak oblique basal grooves; second and third tergites punctate or PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 21 transversely aciculate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area. There are several Palaearctic species, and one in the United States. The United States species is described below. Ischnoceros clivulus, new species Female—Forewing 7 to 8 mm. long. Frons with rather fine punctures, and with a large, median, mound-like, weakly compressed tubercle whose apex is weakly grooved vertically; mesoscutum polished, with small punctures whose inter spaces are about 1.5 times their diameter; mesopleurum polished, with moder- ately large weak punctures whose interspaces are about equal to their diameter; area dentipara with a weak transverse apical tooth; first tergite without a dorso- lateral carina beyond the spiracle; second tergite polished, except near the apical margin covered with microscopic transverse aciculation; ovipositor sheath about 0.67 times as long as fore wing. Black. Tegula, base of fore wing, and base of hind tibia externally, whitish; wings faintly tinged with brown, the veins dark brown; legs ferruginous, the hind tibia with a weak apical infuseation; abdomen brownish ferruginous basally, darkening to brown apically; ovipositor sheath blackish, ferruginous at the apex. This is the only species of Ischnoceros with the abdomen partly fer- ruginous. Its frontal horn is unexecavated, as in Ischnoceros sappo- rensis, but the abdominal sculpture is aciculate as in J. rusticus rather than punctate as in I, sapporensis. Type—?, Cinder Cone, Lassen National Park, Calif., VI-19-41, P. D. Hurd (Berkeley). Paratypes—2 22. same data as type (Berkeley and Townes). ®, Wright’s Lake, Eldorado Co., Calif., VII-2-48, P. D. Hurd (Ber- keley ). yenus Odontocolon Odontomerus Gravenhorst, 1829. TIchneumonologica Europaea 3:851. Name preoccupied by Leach, 1819. Type: Ichnewmon dentipes Gmelin. Designated by Westwood, 1839. Odontocolon Cushman, 1942. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 44: 179. New name. Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn; female flagellum not specialized as in NXorides; epomia absent or rudimentary; hind femur thickened, beneath with a strong median tooth; first abdominal segment rather slender basally and enlarged apically, a little bent near the middle; second tergite without oblique basal grooves; first and second tergites polished, smooth or more or less aciculate or punctate; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area. This is a Holarctie genus with numerous species. ap PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Genus Aplomerus Platysoma Provancher, 1885. Canad. Ent. 17: 115. Name preoccupied by Leach, 1817, by Lienard, 1832, and by Brandt, 1835. Type: Platysoma tibialis Provancher. Monobasic. Aplomerus Provancher, 1886. Addit. Corr. Faune Ent. Canada p. 117. New name for Platysoma. Anodontomerus Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 61. Type: Aplomerus tibialis Provancher. Original designation. Haplomerus Dalla Torre, 1901. Catalogus Hymenopterorum. 3: 3592. Emendation. Head and body distinctly flattened; apex of mandible with two subequal teeth; frons without a median horn or tuberele; female flagellum not apically special- ized as in NXorides; epomia absent; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath; first abdominal segment depressed, its spiracle near its basal 0.3; second tergite without oblique basal grooves; first and second tergites polished or with various aciculation or fine wrinkling; apical part of ovipositor weakly compressed, the ventral valve with about five ridges, basad of which there is no roughened area. This is a Nearctic genus, with five species. Genus Xorides Xorides Latreille, 1809. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. 4: 4. Type: Ichneumon indicatorius Latreille. Monobasie. Epixorides Smith, 1862. Jour. Proe. Linnaean Soe. London (Zool.) 6: 64. New synonymy. Type: Epixorides chalybeator Smith. Monobasiec. Moansa Tosquinet, 1896. Mem. Soe. Ent. Belgique 5: 345. New synonymy. Type: Moansa praestans Tosquinet. Monobasie. Neoxylonomus Szépligeti, 1914. Ann. Mus. Natl. Hungariei 12: 421. New synonymy. Type: Neoxylonomus australis Szépligeti. Monobasie. Other synonyms: Xylonomus, Sterotrichus, Gonophonus, Moerophora, Sichelia, Rhadina, Perissocerus, Cyanoxvorides, Spiloxorides, Macrosterotrichus, Caeno stoma, Periceros, Rhadinopimpla, Ahyborhyssa, Lavaudenia, Xylonomimus, and Neoxrylonomus Clément, not Szépligeti. Head and body not, or weakly flattened; apex of mandible chisel-shaped, with- out teeth; frons without a median tubercle or horn, or sometimes with a horn or lamella between the antennal bases; female flagellum subapically elbowed or eurved, on the outer side of the elbow or curve with one to several peg-like bris- tles; epomia strong, long, dorsally turning forward and usually forming a pro- jecting tooth at the turn; hind femur not thickened, without a tooth beneath; first abdominal segment subeylindrie or prismatie basally, expanded apically. stout and rather short to elongate and slender; second tergite nearly always with an oblique basal groove on each side cutting off baso-lateral corners, and often with other grooves or impressions; second and third tergites variously seulptured; apical part of ovipositor cylindrie or slightly depressed, the lower valve with about eight ridges, basad of which there is a roughened area. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1; FEBRUARY, 1957 This is a large genus of worldwide distribution and much strue- tural diversity among its species. The specific diversity has led to the creation of separate genera for reception of some of the structural types. I list these generic names above as simple synonyms, though it is probable that after the specific relations are better understood it will be advisable to use some of the proposed names for subgenera. BOOK REVIEW A CLASSIFICATION OF THE FIRST INSTAR LARVAE OF THE MELOI- DAE (COLEOPTERA), by J. W. MacSwain. University of California Publications in Entomology, University of California Press, vol. 12, iv plus 181 pp., 29 pls. 1956. $3.00. The title is perhaps an understatement of the scope of the paper, for in actuality this work represents a carefully analyzed account of both the phylogeny and the classification of the Meloidae of the world. Furthermore, while the author’s primary source of data was a comparative study of the morphology of the first-stage larvae, information pertaining to the morphology of the adults and especially biology was integrated and temperately synthesized wherever possible. Since the author’s ideas concerning the systematics of the family were based on all these lines of evidence, there is little doubt but that this definitive paper will represent the basic framework of the classification of the Meloidae for years to come, in spite of the fact that small changes will become advisible when more biological data are uncovered, when larvae of other species are collected, and when the adults are more completely studied. The general outline of the paper is as follows: After the introduction, and acknowledgements, the author briefly but concisely presents the history of the biological and systematic work pertaining to the larvae. He next treats the known biology of the members of the family, summarizing the data at the end in the form of comparative biological diagnoses of three of the five subfamilies. Little is known of the other two subfamilies, which, however, are small. This is followed by a discussion of the morphology of the first instars, with particular reference to an evaluation of the characters of systematic use. The last part of the paper, dealing with systematics of the family, is by far the largest, occupying 127 pages. It is introduced by a treatment of the phylogeny, in which the author’s reasons, both biological and morphological, for dividing the family into five subfamilies are presented and discussed. The paper then provides, in a strictly taxonomic arrangement, an account of the subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species based upon the known first-stage larvae. This section includes both keys and comparative descriptions, and lists as well the geographic range of the taxon, the larval food, and the data of the material examined. In addition, the descrip- tions are often accompanied by some general explanatory remarks pertaining to relationship, nomenclature, and other pertinent information. Also included in the paper is a very extensive selected bibliography covering eight and one-half pages. The study terminates with twenty-nine plates of precisely delineated com- parative illustrations of the larvae, drawn mostly by the author.—JEROME G. ROZEN, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Wash- ington, D.C. 24 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 FOR EARLY PUBLICATION A CLASSIFICATION OF THE SIPHONAPTERA OF SOUTH AMERICA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES by Phyllis Truth Johnson Memoir 5 of the Entomological Society of Washington The study of South American fleas was begun in 1879 when Weyen- bergh published the first descriptions of species from that region, using Specimens mounted on cardboard as was usual in that day. These fleas were restudied in balsam by Jordan and Rothschild in England Shortly after the turn of the century, and from that time to the present day a large number of siphonapterologists, both in England and the Americas, have contributed to this study. Dr. Johnson’s work is the first comprehensive taxonomic treatment of the fleas of the region, which comprises Trinidad and all of the continent and its coastal islands. The contemplated 275 page volume will be indispensa- ble to the serious student of this important order of insects. Memoir 5 opens with two discussions of morphological characters, one devoted to the terms used in the taxonomic section and the other to their taxonomic validity and possible phylogenetic significance. All the families, tribes and genera known to occur in South America are completely described and illus- trated, and the species within each genus have been listed with host and _ lo- eality data. Descriptions of 17 new species and two new subspecies bring the total number to 170. Keys to families, tribes, genera, and species are ineluded. The discussion of each genus is terminated by a section giving the synonymies of the hosts concerned. The 114 plates are said to contain among the best illustrations of fleas currently available, and are grouped according to family. A section listing hosts, each with the fleas known to occur on it, reecapitulates the host-flea information; sections dealing with references, systematic index and list of abbreviations close the volume. Prepublication orders at the price of $8.00 to members and $9.00 to non- members may still be placed with the Society for Memoir No. 5. Orders should be addressed to Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian, Plant Quarantine Branch, Agricultural Research Seriice, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington 29,0 DG. oS C On PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 SOME SARGINAE COLLECTED IN SOUTH INDIA (DiprERA, STRATIOMYIDAE) Maovricre T. JAMES, State College of Washington, Pullman. The present paper is based on collections made by P. 8. Nathan in South India and either purchased by the author or supplied to him for study by the Canadian National Museum through the courtesy of G, EK. Shewell. The study of this material has aided considerably in clarifying the taxonomic status of some poorly known species; it has provided material for proposing a new synonymy, previously suspected but not confirmed, involving a well-known and widely dis- tributed species; and, finally, it has revealed two striking generic intergrades, one of which is a species apparently new to science. Microchrysa flaviventris (Wiedemann) Sargus flaviventris Wiedemann, 1824, Anal. Ent., p. 31. The status of the Oriental Microchrysa in which the males have a unicolorous yellow abdomen is unsettled, but the common Indian species seems to be flaviventris. I have seen a series from Gudalur, Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, April, 1949 (Nathan; James Coll.) and a female from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953 (Nathan; Canadian Na- tional Collection). Information on the types of M. flaviventris and M. fuscistigma de Meijere furnished to me through the courtesy of S. L. Tuxen and Br. Theowald, respectively, indicates that the discal eell is completely developed in both, contrary to what I had previously thought (James, 1950, p. 254); and in a series from Bangkok, Thai- land, Sept. 9, 1952 (M. H. Griffith; Univ. Kansas Collection), two males and one female had the discal cell complete, whereas one male had the vein forming the upper apical portion evanescent. This latter character, therefore, is apparently not of specific value. Microchrysa dichoptica, new species A typically appearing Microchrysa in all aspects except that the eyes of the male are widely separated. The female might, on first ex- amination, be taken for M. flaviventris, but the lees are entirely yellow and the head structure is different, the occipital orbits bemg more strongly developed below and the inner posterior corners of the eyes, when viewed dorsally, being almost angulate instead of broadly rounded, as in flaviventris. In Brunetti’s (1923) keys this species would trace to the genus Sargus because of the dichoptic males; under Sargus it would trace to inficitus Walker, from Batjan, a yellowish species marked with black and, as Brunetti remarks, probably a Micro- chrysa, since Walker describes it as having holoptic males (the type is lost); under Microchrysa it traces either to fuscistigma or to flaviventris, depending on whether one considers the stigma as brown or yellow. Both fuscistigma and flaviventris males are holoptic, with the abdomen at least mostly yellow. 26 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Male.—Eyes broadly separated, the front and face almost parallel sided, the latter but shghtly the broader, about one-fifth head width and slightly wider than the ocellar triangle. Occipital orbits narrow, though distinet, along their entire extent. Head metallic, blue green on upper part of front and upper oceipi- tal orbits, blackish dulled by whitish pollen on lower third of front, bronze-green on the face, and blackish on the occiput and lower occipital orbits; facial orbits silvery; pile of upper part of front and occiput whitish, that of lower part of front and facial orbits silvery. Antennae yellow, the flagellum orange-yellow ; arista black. Proboscis yellow. Thorax metallic bluish green, the pleura slightly more blackish, the humeri and the narrow upper margin of the mesopleura white ; pile of pleura silvery, that of mesonotum yellowish-white. Legs wholly yellow and yellow pilose; at most the last last segment of the hind tarsi blackish. Wings hyaline, the stronger veins brownish; venation altogether typical of the genus; stigma brownish; the veins forming the discal cell all strong; M: weak; Ms but little more than a fold in the membrane. Halteres yellow. Abdomen about as broad as thorax; its color blackish green, like that of the thoracic pleura; pile white ventrally, the more conspicuous dorsal pile white to yellowish white but overlying an inconspicuous, short, black pile, especially medially. Genitalia orange-yellow, the capsule large and projecting. Length, 4 mm, Female. Front gradually widening from face to vertex; ratio to width of head in allotype 0.24 across oral margin, 0.28 at antennal base, and 0.35 at vertex; viewed from above, the posterior corners of the eyes distinctly angulated. Lower parts of front bluish green, purplish in certain lights. Abdomen distinctly broader than thorax. Otherwise, except sexually, as described for the male. Types.—Holotype, male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’; South India, Nov. 9, 1953 (P. S. Nathan). Allotype, same data but May, 1953. Paratypes: male, same data but Oct. 15, 1953; two females, same data but May 28, 1953, and May, 1953. Type in the Canadian National Collection. Sargus metallinus Fabricius Sargus metallinus Fabricius, 1805, Syst. Antl., p. 258. Sargus mactans Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 4: 97; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus. 25: 156; James, 1948, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 98: 198 (possible synonymy with metallinus) ; James, 1950, Jour. Washington Acad. Sei. 40: 254. (New synonymy ) Sargus redhibens Walker, 1860, Proe. Linn. Soc. London, 4: 97; Lindner, 1937, Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10)20: 375 (synonymy with mactans). Sargus concisus Walker, 1861, Proe. Linn. Soe. London, 5: 273; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 155 (synonymy with redhibens). The references cited in the above synonymy are not intended to be exhaustive, but merely to give authority for the names used, for their synonymy, and for the statements given in this discussion. Sargus metallinus, as here defined, is a very widespread and vari- able species, ranging from Southern China and Okinawa through PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Pa India to Ceylon, New Caledonia, and the Solomon Islands. Variability exists in color pattern, color of pile and at least one structural detail. Typical metallinus has the legs entirely yellow. In mactans the hind tibia is black at its base, and Brunetti states that this is the only way in which it differs from metallinus. In redhibens, all femora are broadly ringed with black or brown; in concisus, according to Brunetti, the brown is deeper and more extensive and the ‘‘anterior’’ (fore and middle, by Brunetti’s usage) tibiae and the fore and hind tarsi are also distinctly brownish or brown. According to Lindner, Solomon Islands males are mactans and females are redhibens; James has con- firmed this observation but has added that series from Singapore, India, and the Philippine Islands, in the United States National Museum, contain both sexes of both mactans and redhibens. Lee coloration, consequently, is highly variable. The coloration of the head pile is, also, variable. In the mactans and redhibens forms, as well as in typical metallinus, the pile is usually yellow on the vertex and face but black or blackish on the front; all these areas may have wholly or predominantly black or blackish pile, or certain males, with their subeontiguous eyes, may have the pile color of the front merely oeray. The type of concisus according to Brunetti, is apparently lost and the specimen (named by Walker) which he described is headless ; consequently the color of the head pile in this form is conjectural, but the specimen from Kodaikanal which I am referring to this form has the pile in all the above mentioned areas black. One quite obvious variable structural character is the width of the front in the male. In metallinus the front is commonly very narrow, its minimum width being much less than the diameter of the anterior ocellus; this area may be so narrow that the metallic coloration of the front is obscured or lost. In the mactans and redhibens forms the front may, lkewise, be narrow, but it may also broaden to as much as twice the diameter of the anterior ocellus, and the front is distinctly metallic. It is possible to recognize five more or less indistinctly defined forms of this species: typical metallinus, with wholly yellow legs, pale facial and vertical pile, and a very narrow frons in the male, widespread in the Oriental Region but so far not recorded for the Australian Region; mactans, indistinguishable from metallinus except for the black base of the hind tibia and a tendency toward a broader front in the male, in its distribution extending farther south than metallinus, to New Guinea and the Solomon Islands; redhibens, in which the femora are banded or marked with black or blackish and the hind tibiae are either black at the base or wholly yellow, in its distribution coextensive with mactans; concisus, a melanie form with predomi- nantly black or blackish legs and black facial and frontal pile, that occurs irregularly in the Oriental Region; and the unnamed form with white metapleura, described by James from New Caledonia. It is better, at our present stage of knowledge, to consider these merely forms, rather than subspecies, though I feel that ultimately three sub- 28 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 species can be defined: metallinus, mactans (redhibens, concisus) and the New Caledonia form, the former two intergrading and hybridizing in zones of contact. Such a zone of contact seems to occur in South India. A series of eight males and females from Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’, IV- 1953, V-1953, and 28-V-1953 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection) are typical metallinus but one female, same data, has the legs entirely black except knees, apices of coxae, and trochanters and has the head pile black, and one male, same data, has black-ringed hind femora and black bases to the middle and hind tibiae, black vertical and predominantly black facial pile, and a widened front. Two males from Walayar Forest, 8S. Malabar, 1000’, 31-VII-50 (Nathan; James Coll.) are typical metallinus, but a female in the same series has black facial pile. Twelve males and seven females from the Nilgiri Hills, Singara, 3400’, V-1954 (Nathan; Canadian National Collection) ; Gudalur, 3500, [V-1949, Singara, 3400’, V-1948, and Chirangoda, 39007, 3-V-1950, X-1950 (Nathan; James Coll.) are intermixed typical metallinus, mactans, and mactans grading toward redhibens, and with varying frontal width and, to an extent, head pile. A series of eight males and females from Ammatti, 3100’, S. Coorg, V-1951, is comparable, with the same three variants and with the extremes of male frontal width present. Ptecticus cingulatus Loew. Ptecticus cingulatus Loew. 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot. Ver. Wien, 5: 1438. Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 148. The synonymy is given by Brunetti and is not repeated here. Specimens from South India may not trace readily through Bru- netti’s key, since the hind femora may be considered wholly yellow, the dark streak mentioned by Brunetti being very obscure or absent. This species is apparently abundant in some localities in South India, as I have seen more than a hundred specimens from Singara in the Nilgiri Hills. Ptecticus australis Schiner Ptecticus australis Schiner, 1868, Novara Reise, Dipt., p. 65; Brunetti, 1907, Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 113; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera Brachycera, I, p. 79; Brunetti, 1923, Rec. Indian Mus., 25: 148. This species, which looks like a miniature cingulatus but is different structurally and in leg coloration, is also apparently common in the Nilgiri Hills. I have seen about 50 specimens from that area, in addition to the following South Indian material in the Canadian National Collection: 1 male, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, May, 1953; 1 male, Yerecaud, 4500’, Shevaroy Hills, Dec., 1954. In the South Indian specimens which I have examined the hind basitarsus is black only at its extreme base; otherwise, Schiner’s description fits quite well. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 29 Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti Ptecticus aurobrunneus Brunetti, 1920, Fauna British India, Dipt. Brachyeera, I, p. 76; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 139. This species was described from a unique male from Cochin State. I have examined 5 males, Singara, 3400’, Nilgiri Hills, V-1948, ex rotting pomelo (Nathan; James Coll.) ; 1 male, same data but V-1954 (Canadian National Collection) ; and 3 males, Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 6500’, V-1953 (Canadian National Collection). These series agree with Brunetti’s description except for the characterization of the golden thoracic and abdominal pile; Brunetti says this is ‘‘dense though inconspicuous’’ on the mesonotum, but this statement depends on the light incidence, the pile being quite conspicuous when viewed from in front; the abdominal golden pile, also, as well as the black patches mentioned by Brunetti, is clearly visible from in front, con- trary to Brunetti’s statement, but not from behind. The legs may be more extensively blackish than indicated in the original description. Brunetti’s statement ‘‘genitalia and vertex dark brown’’ is obviously a lapsus for ‘‘genitalia and venter.’’ One of the Kodaikanal specimens has the wings yellow, like the basal part of those of wulpii, and with only a little brownish along the lower apical margin. The relationship of aurobrunneus and wulpii is very close; the male genitalia seem to be identical. The female of this species has not been described. A female, Ting- hawk, Burma, June 4, 1944 (L. C. Kuitert; Univ. Kansas Collection) seems to belong here, but there are no associated males. It is the size and general appearance of aurobrunneus; the frons is a little broader, as would be expected in this sex; the abdomen is broader, the first four terga wholly black, the fifth discolored brown, the apical segments rich brown as in the male. Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti Ptecticus wulpii Brunetti, 1907, Ree. Indian Mus., 1: 111; 1913, Ree. Ind. Mus., 9: 263; 1920, Fauna British India, Diptera Brachycera I, p. 77; 1923, Ree. Indian Mus., 25: 139 Ptecticus apicalis Wulp, 1885, Notes Leyden Mus., 7: 62; de Meijere, 1916, Tijd. Ent., 58, suppl. 70, note. Not apicalis Loew, 1855, Verh. Zool.—Bot. Ver. Wien, 5: 142. Brunetti described this species from three males and one female from four localities, one of them the Nilgiri Hills. In his 1923 paper he stated that this species was readily recognizable ‘‘by the all black 5th and 6th abdominal segments in conjunction with the all orange genitalia,’’ and in his key he includes as an accessory character, couplet 5, ‘‘wing tip suffusion beginning at or immediately beyond discal cell.’’ This latter statement conflicts with the Fauna of British India key, which separates wulpii partly on the basis of ‘‘wings clearly yellow up to half-way between discal cell and wing tip.’’ 20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 [ am referring to this species two males from the Nilgiri Hills, Singara, 3400’, V-1948 (Nathan; James Coll.). In both of them, the infumated wine apex starts considerably beyond the apex of the diseal cell; in one of them the fifth and sixth abdominal segments are wholly black except for a small, unsymmetrically placed spot on each segment, whereas in the other the sixth segment is wholly brownish orange dorsally and the fifth segment is black only at the base. Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti Ptecticus cyaneus Brunetti, 1912, Ree. Indian Mus. 7: 453; Brunetti, 1920, Fauna Brit. India, Diptera Brachyeera, I, p. 75; Brunetti, 1923, Ree. Indian Mus. Zo, Hole Brunetti records but two known specimens of this species, both females: the type from Assam, and a specimen from the Nilgiri Hills. I have a female, Chirangode, Nilgiri Hills, 3500’, May, 1950 (Nathan) that seems to be this species. The appearance is strikingly close to that of a large, rather robust specimen of Sargus mactans form concisus, but the two characters usually used to distinguish Ptecticus, namely the strong projection of the second antennal sezment inwardly into the third and the absence of a strap-like prolongation on the lower (thoracic) squama, hold for this species. The venation is not very unlke that of S. mactans, and the anterior ocellus, as in most species of Sargus, is far removed from the hind pair. A. striking character is the slender form and elongation of the hind tarsus, which is 1.5 as lone as the hind tibia, the greater part of the length being in the basitarsus, which is seven-eighths the length of the tibia. This species is probably best retained in Ptecticus, but it is obviously an intergrade between this genus and Sargus; whether by convergence or phylogenetic relationship is a matter of speculation. It is note- worthy that the second antennal segment of Sargus mactans may be convex inwardly, but not strongly prolonged, as in P. cyaneus. Sargus gemmifer Fabricius, which Brunetti refers to Ptecticus in the ‘‘Second Revision’’ (1923) though not in the Fauna of British India, belones as clearly in Sargus as does S. mactans, REFERENCES Brunetti, E., 1920. The Fauna of British India. Diptera, Brachycera. Vol. I. Pp. x + 401. London. , 1923. Second revision of the Oriental Stratiomyidae. Ree. Indian Mus. 25: 45-180. James, Maurice T., 1950. The Stratiomyidae (Diptera) of New Caledonia and the New Hebrides with notes on the Solomon Islands forms. Jour. Wash- ington Acad. Sei. 40: 248-260. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 (oh) ear MITES FOUND ON MICE OF THE GENUS PEROMYSCUS IN UTAH. II. FAMILY HAEMOGAMASIDAE! (AGARINA) DoraLp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway. To the present time there are few publications which deal specifi- cally with mites collected in Utah. Doane (1916) published on phyto- phagous mites attacking crops. A check-list of phytophagous and predaceous mites was published by Knowlton and Ma (1950). Other notes on plant mites have been published by Davis and Knowlton (1954) and Knowlton (1955). Keegan (1953) was the first to publish on parasitic mites from Utah. He listed host records of mites belong- ing to 12 species of seven genera which were taken from 95 individual rodents representing 14 species of nine genera. Included with the 95 rodents were one specimen of Peromyscus true, five P. crinitus, and 20 P. maniculatus. The collections were restricted to Tooele and Juab counties in Utah. Allred and Beck (1953) made a study of the mites obtained from nests of wood rats in Utah. Most of the 6000 mites collected during that study were identified only to family. This paper is the second of a series (Allred, ms.) which deals with (1) the kinds of mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah, (2) their degree of host specificity, (3) their geographic distribution within the territorial limits of Utah as determined by their occur- rence on mice of the genus Peromyscus, and (4) other biological aspects pertaining to the mites. Brevisterna utahensis (Ewing), 1933 (Figures 25, 28, 29, 30, 31) Ewing (1933) described B. utahensis trom a single female collected from a wood rat, Neotoma lepida, from Salina, Sevier County, Utah, March 21, 1929, by J. S. Stanford. Mites taken in the present study differ somewhat from the discussions of Ewing (op. cit.) and Keegan (1949). These mites possess a dorsal plate which is narrower and more pointed than was indicated by Ewing and Keegan. The paired anal setae are situated behind the anterior level of the anus rather than at the anterior level. The numbers of accessory setae of the genitoventral plate are 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5 and 6 in seven specimens examined. In specimens examined by Keegan, the numbers of setae vary from eight to eleven. Specimens in this study have two small pairs of accessory metapodal plates. These differences probably are within the limits of specific variation. This species has been collected from wood rats and their nests in Arizona, California and Utah. Keegan (1953) listed collection rec- ords from a grasshopper mouse, Onychomys leucogaster, a wood rat, Part 2 of an abstract from a thesis for the PhD degree, University of Utah, June, 1954. This work supported (in part) by a research grant awarded to the Brigham Young University by the Microbiological Institute, National Institutes of Health, United States Public Health Service. 32 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Neotoma sp., and nests of wood rats from Utah. Allred and Beck (1953) found this species in wood rat nests from Juab and Utah counties. Brevisterna utahensis probably is state-wide in distribution. It is known to oceur at elevations between 2500 and 5000 feet in the Lower and Upper Sonoran life zones. Only seven females were collected from white-footed mice in this study. These mites are associated more commonly with wood rats and their nests than with mice of the genus Peromyscus. It is likely that infestations of mice accidentally occur when mice wander into wood rat houses. These mites were collected from grasshopper mice and from wood rats and their nests in Utah during June, August, October and November. In this study, mites were found on mice only during April and June. One of the four times that it was col- lected, B. utahensis was the only kind found on its host. At other times, it was associated with the following species the number of times indicated:: Hirstionyssus spp., 3; Eubrachylaelaps hollisteri, 2; Haemolaelaps glasgowt, 1; Dermanyssus sp., 1. Euhaemogamasus ambulans (Thorell), 1872 (Figures 17-24, 26, 27, 31) This species was described from mites from Europe. Specimens from North America are extremely variable with regards to the numbers of setae and the length-width ratios of the sternal shield. Keegan (1951) discussed these varia- tions and synonymized several species with H. ambulans. With one exception, the mites collected in this study agree with Keegan’s redescription. The differences in the numbers of setae and the shape of the sternal plate oceur within the limits of variation of western specimens. However, a single female collected in this study in Utah differs from typical #H. ambulans in the length-width ratios of the tarsi, and the middle pair of sternal setae are barbed. Accordng to Keegan (op. cit.), HE. ambulans has been taken from birds and mammals at many localities in the northern hemisphere. In North America, mites have been collected in Alaska and Canada, and in most states from California to New York. Keegan (op. eit.) reported records of this species from a wood rat, Neotoma cinerea, collected in Logan Canyon, Cache County, Utah in July, 1933. Allred and Beck (op. cit.) found this species in wood rat nests collected in Juab and Utah counties in October and November, 1951. These mites probably are statewide in distribution in Utah at elevations between 6000 and 10,000 feet. They are known to occur principally in the Transition and Canadian life zones. In Utah, £. ambulans probably is associated with wood rats, Neo- toma spp., and squirrels, Citellus spp., and occurs most frequently in high mountain areas. In this study, these mites were found only Euhaemogamasus barberi: Fig. 1, dorsal plate of female showing density of setae. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (typical): Fig. 4, dorsal plate of female showing density of setae; fig. 7, anal plate of female; fig. 8, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 12, left peritreme of female. Huhaemogamasus oudemansi (vari- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 33 whee ! ni ih ant): fig. 2, dorsal plate of female showing density of setae; fig. 3, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 5, anal plate of female; fig. 13, sternal plate of female; fig. 15, ventral view of left cornicula of female. Ischyropoda armatus: Fig. 6, sternal plate of female; fig. 9, chelicera of female; fig. 10, ventral view of left tarsus III of female; fig. 11, ventral view of left tarsus II of female; fig. 14, anal plate of female; fig. 16, genitoventral plate of female. 34 PROC! ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 on male mice. It is likely that the male mice wander more extensively than do the females, possibly becoming infested when they enter the nests or houses of other animals such as wood rats and squirrels. Eighteen female mites were collected from 18 mice in May, June, July and August. Infestation of mice during these months only may be attributable to the wandering habits of the mice or the mites during the summer. Four of the 18 times that it was collected, HL. ambulans was the only mite found on its host. At other times, it was associated with the following species the number of times indicated: Haemolaelaps glasgowi, 11; H. megaventralis, 1; Trombicula harpert, 2; Eubra- chylaelaps debilis, 5; Ischyropoda armatus, 2; Hirstionyssus sp., 1; Bdellonyssus sp., 1; Poecilochirus sp., 1; Hypoaspis sp., 1; Ascaidae sp., 1; Gamasolaelaptidae sp., 2; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Parasitidae Sp... Euhaemogamasus barberi (Hwing), 1925 (Figures 1, 31) Ewing (1925) described E. barberi from two females taken from a ‘‘nest of small mammal’’ from Maryland, and EF. microti from two females taken from a meadow mouse, Microtus pennsylvanicus from New York. Keegan (1951) synonymized these two species as FH. barberi. The single female taken in this study is similar to Keegan’s redeseription. However, specimens examined by Keegan all have over 100 setae on the geniteventral shield; the mite from Utah has only 67. Mites of this species commonly are associated with rodents that live in meadows or marshy areas, such as meadow mice and shrews. According to Keegan (op. cit.), this species is known only from eastern United States and southeastern Canada. The collection in Utah considerably extends its range westward. The mite was taken from an immature female mouse from Diamond Fork Canyon, Utah County in June, 1951. The mouse was trapped in a grove of cotton- wood trees by a small stream where grasses and willows formed a marshy area. The following species were found on the same host with /. barber: Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Hirstionyssus occidentalis, and Haemolaclaps glasgow. Euhaemogamasus Oudemansi (Hirst), 1914 Ghicuresne=5 i onlonlonal armor) Five females of this species were collected in this study. All of these ditter slightly from Keegan’s (1951) redeseription. One differs by having a genito- ventral plate which is not as bulbous and expanded as deseribed by Keegan. The plate extends only half, the distance between coxae IV and the anal shield in contrast to more than two-thirds the distance as discussed by Keegan. On the specimen from Utah, the length-width ratios of the tarsi are: leg I, 6:1; leg II, 4.5:1; leg ITI, 4.5:1; leg IV, 6.6:1. In Keegan’s discussion these ratios are: | PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 oo Ut fee isles TG dis leg EM, 7215" leg V5 9:1. The dorsal plate is: not. as broad anteriorly as Keegan illustrated, and covers considerably less dorsal surface. The arrangement of the pores on the dorsal plate varies slightly. Keegan did not mention the third pair of pores which occurs on the sternal shield. These are located on the most posterior edge of the plate. He illustrated the second pair of pores as being closer to the second sternal setae than to the third setae. In the specimen from Utah, the second pores are midway between the second and third sternal setae. ty yy nit yin nay Wie Euhaemogamasus ambulans (typical): Fig. 19, dorsal plate of female showing relative density of setae; fig. 21, sternal plate of female; fig. 22, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 26, anal plate of female. Huhaemogamasus ambulans (vari- ant): Fig. 17, sternal plate of female; fig. 18, dorsal plate of female showing relative density of setae; fig. 20, ventral view of chelicera of female; fig. 23, ventral view of left cornicula of female; fig. 24, tectum of female; fig. 27, right peritreme of female. Brevisterna utahensis: Fig. 25, dorsal plate of female; fig. 28, genitoventral plate of female; fig. 29, sternal plate and presternal area of female; fig. 30, anal plate of female. 36 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 In the other four mites, the dorsal plate is broader anteriorly than posteriorly and covers more of the dorsal surface than Keegan illustrated, and there are seven pairs of pores instead of six. The terminal portion of the cornicula is more pointed than Keegan shows in his illustrations, and the genitoventral plate is not as bulbous. The posterior invagination of the sternal plate is very broad, although this width varies between specimens. Further collections and study may indicate that these differences are specific variations. Keegan (op. cit.) designated this species as a facultative parasite of cosmopolitan distribution. The type specimens were taken from wild rats. More recent collections have shown hosts of many kinds from many areas. In Utah, Allred and Beek (1953) found this species in wood rat nests. These mites probably are state-wide in distribution. They are known to occur at elevations from 2500 to about 10,000 feet in all of the life zones from the Lower Sonoran to the Canadian. These mites are not frequently found on mice of the genus Pero- myscus. They probably are restricted to the nest, or are consorts of animals of other species. Two of the mites collected each contained one egg. These eggs were in a ‘‘granular’’ stage of development and were of large size, occupying almost one-half the space of the idiosoma. The mites were collected from mice in March, April, May and July. Mites of the following species were found on the same hosts with E. oudemansi: Euhaemogamasus ambulans, Haemolaelaps glasgow, Eubrachylaelaps debilis, Parasitidae sp., and Pachylaelaptidae sp. Haemogamasus alaskensis Ewing, 1925 Ewing (1925) described this species from a single female taken from a mouse of the genus Microtus from Alaska. Keegan (1951) redescribed H. alaskensis from specimens taken from animals of several species and genera from the United States, Canada and Alaska. In the same paper (op. cit.) he listed records from shrews of the species Blarina brevicauda (probably Sorex vagrans) taken at Mor- gan, Morgan County, Utah in August and September, 1932. In this study a single female mite of this species was collected from Peromyscus sp. in Millereek Canyon, Salt Lake County in September, 1948. Ischyropoda armatus Keegan, 1951 (Figures 6, 9-11, 14, 16, 31) Type specimens of this species were collected in California and Arizona from a pocket gopher, Thomomys sp., kangaroo rats, Dipodomys sp., and a wood rat, Neotoma sp. The mites collected in this study in Utah agree with Keegan’s (1951) description of the type. They differ in the dimensions of the plates and arrangements of the setae, but these characters are within the limits of varia- tion of the species. Rodents of many kinds serve as hosts for these mites. These include pocket gophers, kangaroo rats, wood rats, squirrels and native mice. These mites have been found in Arizona, California, Colorado and PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 4 "13 tl2 it Praam en ee eee Te Aes ale: was: 42 as re S6sHe5 ait seo et 25 Co) 25 50 75 | / \ | MILES ied Dae x i 2 E. AMBULANS ye . 70 &. OUDEMANS/ 1B SYA I. ARMATUS ¢ ee @ H. ALASKENSIS | t@ &. UTAHENS/S 41 4 pees at iat pe ee i L 41 | a | A is 1; ( va li } = 0 40 nN paste ee a ri wee i ‘ | | | st 2° | ! l ae 38 S 37 Fig. 31. Collection localities of EH. ambulans, E. barberi, E. oudemansi, I. armatus, H. alaskensis, and B, wtahensis in Utah. New Mexico (Keegan, op. cit.). Keegan (1953) records the occur- rence of these mites in Utah from two kinds of kangaroo rats, Dipod- omys ordu and D. microps, pocket mice, Perognathus parvus, and grasshopper mice, Onychomys leucogaster. In Utah, mites of this species probably are state-wide in distribution. They occur principally at elevations between 3000 and 6500 feet in the Upper Sonoran and Transition life zones. Three male and 27 female mites of this species were collected from 11 mice during the periods from May through September, and in 38 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 November. The greatest numbers were taken in May. During the five-year period, they were collected only in 1952 and 1953. Six of the 11 times that it was collected, I. armatus was the only kind found on its host. At other times, it was associated with mites of the following species the number of times indicated: Bdellonyssus bacoti, 1: Haemolaelaps glasgoui, 6; H. megaventrals, 1; Eubrachy- laelaps circularis, 1; E. debilis, 2; Hirstionyssus spp., 4; Dermanyssis sp., 1; Euhaemogamasus ambulans, 1; Pachylaelaptidae sp., 1; Anten- nophoridae sp., 1. DISQUSSION Most mites are not so host specific that their geographic distribu- tion is determined entirely by the range of their host. Nevertheless, mites of some species were associated more frequently with one kind of mouse than with another, such as Huhaemogamasus ambulans and Ischyropoda armatus which were found most frequently on Peromyscus maniculatus. Mites of these species apparently occur only in the Middle Rocky Mountain Faunal Area (see Durrant, 1952 :480), yet their deer mouse host is state-wide in distribution. In the Upper Sonoran and Transition life zones in Utah, mites are active usually from May through September; this applies to Ischyropoda armatus. In the Lower Sonoran Life Zone and areas of the Upper Sonoran where climatic conditions approach those of the Lower Sonoran, mites are most active during the period from May to July. This applies to Huhaemogamasus oudemansi, found most commonly in these areas. Mites of the species Huhaemogamasus ambulans generally occur only at the higher elevations in the montane forest areas where they were most commonly found during the period from June through August. Population cycles of mites occur independently of one another in different geographic localities and may act as barriers which allow subspecies to develop rapidly. Mites of the species Ischyropoda armatus are both northern and southern in distribution, and may be divided into two groups on the basis of seasonal activity. The northern mites were commonly found on mice during the period from May through November, whereas the southern mites were found only from May through July. Although the numbers of mites of this family that were collected from Peromyscus are not large, they were sufficient to indicate cer- tain trends in seasonal population fluctuations and geographic dis- tribution. However, it is evident that these species are not regularly associated with mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. Further collections of other animals may disclose the preferred hosts, although it is possible that many of these species, such as Brevisterna utahensis, are primarily nest dwellers, and get onto the host only to feed. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 B39 TABLE I. Check-list and host correlation of the numbers and kinds of mites of the family Haemogamasidae taken from each of four species of Peromyscus. No mites of this family were found on Peromyscus boylit. No. Mites Taken From Each Peromyscus Species Species of Mite P. crinitus P.eremicus P. maniculatus P. truei Brevisterna utahensis 4 2 1 Huhaemogamasus ambulans 17 Buhaemogamasus sp. near ambulans 1 Buhaemogamasus barberi 1 Huhaemogamasus oudemansi if 3 Huhaemogamasus sp. near oudemmansi it Haemogamasus alaskensis il Ischyropoda armatus 28 2 {EF ERENCES Allred, Dorald M. Mites found on mice of the genus Peromyscus in Utah. I. General Infestation. (Unpublished manuscript. ) Allred, Dorald M. and D. Elden Beck, 1953. Mite fauna of wood rat nests in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters 30:53-56. Baer, J. G., 1951. Ecology of animal parasites. Univ. IIT. Press, Urbana, Illinois. 2°24 pp. Davis, Donald W. and George F. Knowlton, 1954. Controlling spider mites. Utah State Agric. College, Ext. Cire. No. 211, 4 pp. Doane, R. W., 1916. Notes on mites attacking orchard and field crops in Utah. Science 46(1182) :192. Durrant, Stephan D., 1952. Mammals of Utah. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., Lawrence, Kansas, Vol. 6, 549 pp. Ewing, H. E., 1925. New mites of the parasitic genus Haemogamasus Berlese. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 38:137-144. —________, 1933. New genera and species of parasitic mites of the superfamily Parasitoidea. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 82(30):1-14. Keegan, H. L., 1949. Huhaemogamasus utahensis Ewing, 1933, redeseribed as type species of new genus Brevisterna (Acarina: Laelaptidae). Trans. Amer. Micro. Soe. 68(3) :222-227. ——, 1951. The mites of the subfamily Haemogamasinae (Acari: Laelap- tidae). Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 101(3275) :203-268. —————_, 1953. Collections of parasitic mites from Utah. The Great Basin Nat. 13 (1-2) :35-42. Knowlton, George F., 1955. Celery and potato field insects of Utah—Part III. Utah State Agric. College, Mimeo. Series 416, 17 pp. , 1955. Some insects of Utah—1954. Utah State Agric. College, Mimeo. Series 135, 13 pp. —___ and S. C. Ma, 1950. Some Utah mites—1949. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soe. 23 (2) : 74-76. 40) PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 TAXONOMIC NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN APION (COLEOPTERA, CURCULIONIDAP) The complete reference to the following species may be found in Wagner, 1912, Genera Insectorum, fase. 130, Apioninae, or Wagner, 1911, Junk Coleopterum Catalogus, pars 6, Apioninae. Apion arizonae Fall (1898) = A. segnipes morrisoni Wagner (1911). New synonymy. Apion disparatum Sharp (1890) = A. nasutum Fall (1898). New synonymy. Apion disparipes Fall (1898) = A. brunneotibiale Wagner (1912). New synonymy. Apion erythropterum Sharp (1890) = A. pyriforme Smith (1884), nec. Kirsch (1874), new synonymy. A. falli Wagner (1909), new synonymy. Apion hastifer Sharp (1890) = A. poeticwm Sharp (1890). New synonymy. Apion luteirostre Gerstacker (1845) = A. acarinum Sharp (1890); A. argentinum Beguin-Billecocq (1909); A. eydoniae Bondar (1950). New synonymy. Apion pleuriticum Sharp (1890) = A. fraudulentum Sharp (1890). New synonymy. Apion punctulirostre Sharp (1890) = A. spectator Sharp (1890). New synonymy. Apion simile Kirby (1811) = A. superciliosum Gyllenhal (1813); <A. triste Germar (1817); A. lanuginosum Walsh (1867), nec Gerstacker (1854), new synonymy; A. walshii Smith (1884), new synonymy ; A. vieinum Smith (1884), new synonymy ; A. eppelsheimi Faust (1887). Apion fraternum Smith (1884) is a good species and is distinct from A. griseum Smith (1884) with which it has been synonymized by Fall (1898). Lectotype of A. fraternum is hereby designated as the female specimen labeled Columbus, Texas, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 1252. Lectoparatypes are in the J. L. Leconte collection. Lectotype of A. griseum is here designated as the male specimen labeled New Jersey, USN Me Cat. No. 1253. A. fraternum Smith is the more abundant and widely spread species of the two. The larvae develop in beans of the genus Strophostyles ; series were examined that were reared from seed pods of S. helvola and A. umbellata. A. griseum Smith occurs along the Atlantic sea- board from New York to Florida. It has been reared from the seeds of Phaseolus polystachys. The following summarizes the principal distinguishing characters : A, griseum Smith, front tibia of male with an elongate, flattened, polished, striate area on inner anterior face extending one-half length of tibia; beak of female in dorsal view parallel sided in apical third. A. fraternwm Smith, front tibia of male with slight flattened area on inner anterior surface devoid of scales, but not polished and at most feebly striate, extends not more than one-third length of tibia; beak of female in dorsal view distinctly expanded at tip. —D. G. Kisstnaer, Department of Entomology, University of Mary- land, College Park. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., vol. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 41 SOLUBEA BERGROTH, 1891, A SYNONYM OF OEBALUS STAL, 1862, AND A NOTE CONCERNING THE DISTRIBUTION OF O. ORNATUS (SAILER) (HEMIPTERA, PENTATOMIDAE) R. I. SAmeR, Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Dr. W. E. China of the British Museum has brought to my attention the fact that Oebalus Rafinesque 1815 was and still is a nomen nudum. Hence Bergroth’s 1891 proposal of Solubea as a new name for Oebalus Stal, 1862, was without justification and Solubea Bergroth must be treated as a synonym of Oebalus Stal. This change of generic name is of importance since the economically important rice stink bugs are involved. Fortunately, the name Soluwbea did not come into general use in economic literature until after 1920, though it became established in taxonomic literature 15 years earlier. In the following check list of trivial names that must now be placed under the generic name of Oebalus, those names currently recognized as valid are in bold face type and synonymous names are in italics. The genus in which the trivial name was originally described is shown in brackets. CHECK List or TRIVIAL NAMES ASSIGNED TO THE GENUS OEBALUS augur (Say), 1831 [Pentatoma] = pugnax (F.) exigua (Berg), 1891 [Mormidea] = poecilus (Dallas) geographica (Guérin-Méneville), 1857 [Pentatoma] (preoccupied) = insularis Stal grisescens (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination. guerinit (Lethierry and Severin), 1893 [Mormidea] (new name for geographica G.-M.) = insularis Stal inseriptus (Fabricius), 1803 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.) insularis Stal, 1872 [ Oebalus | linki (Heidemann), 1917 [Mormidea] New combination litteratus (Gmelin), 1789 [Cimex] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.) mexicanus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination ornatus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] New combination orthocantha (Palisot de Beauvois), 1805 [Pentatoma] — pugnax (F.) poecilus (Dallas), 1851 [Mormidea] New combination postposita (Bergroth), 1914 [Solubea] = poecilus (Dallas) pugnax (Fabricius), 1775 | Cimex] rufescens Haglung, 1868 [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas) similis Kuhlgatz, 1902 as variety of insularis [Oebalus] = poecilus (Dallas) torridus (Sailer), 1944 [Solubea] as subspecies of pugnax = pugnax torridus (Sailer) New combination typhoeus (Fabricus), 1803 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.) vitripennis (Burmeister), 1835 [Cimex] = pugnax (F.) ypsilon-griseus (DeGeer), 1773 [Cimex| ypsilonoides Berg, 1879 [Oebalus] = ypsilon-griseus (DeG.) 42 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FHBRUARY, 1957 Except for Rafinesque, 1815, references to the literature mentioned above may be found in Sailer, R. I., 1944, The Genus Solubea (Heter- optera: Pentatomidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 46(5) : 105-127. The reference to Rafinesque ’s work is as follows: Analyse de la Nature, ou Tableau de 1’Univers et des Corps Organises. Palerme, 1815, page 140. (See Complete Writings of C. Z. Rafinesque oF Recent and Fossil ‘onchology, edited by Wm. G. Binney and G. W. Tryon, Jr., Bailliere Brothers, New York, 1864, 96 pages. ) At the time I described ornatus it was known from the islands of Puerto Rico and Hispaniola, where the species is common. In addition, I reported three specimens from Cali, Colombia, which I thought might have been mislabeled, since I had no other records from either Central or South America. Subsequently, specimens of ornatus were sent to me from a locality 47 kilometers from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, alone the highway to Sao Paulo, where they were collected by Dr. Petr Wygodzinsky on November 12, 1943. The discovery of ornatus so far south in Brazil raises a question concerning the identity of Mormidea exigua Berg. Usine Bere’s de- seription and the distribution of poecilus as guides, I concluded that exigua could be only a synonym of poecilus. Since poecilus and orna- tus can be distinguished only by differences found in the male and female genital structures, the certain identity of exigua must be decided by an examination of the genitalia of the type specimen. Should these prove identical with ornatus (Sailer, 1944), this name will fall as a synonym of exigua Berg, 1891. RESEARCH... key to the future Diamond ALKALI recognizes the importance of research and salutes the men and women whose continuing efforis to unlock the doors of knowledge promise a brighter future for humanity. As evidence of this belief, the stafi and facilities of the Diamond Research Center again ars being expanded. We will welcome requests for co-ope7>- tion on research and development projects. ll, “unr T Pai, DIAMOND ALKALI COMPANY CHEMICALS Cleveland 14, Ohio Iw S PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 43 NORMAN EUGENE McINDOO 1881-1956 The profession of entomology lost a valued and highly respected member with the passing of Norman Eugene MeIndoo on September 7, 1956, while hospitalized at the Washington Sanatarium, Takoma Park, Maryland. Previous to his death, due to slowly failing heart action, he had been partially incapacitated by a stroke for a considerable period. Dr. McIndoo was born. at Lyons, Indiana, April 11, 1881. After completing his early education, he entered the University of Indiana from which institution he received a degree of A.B. in 1906. Follow- ing his graduation, he taught in high school in Wisconsin, 1906-08. 44 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 He then reentered the University of Indiana and received an A.M. degree in 1909. As a Harrison fellow, he matriculated in the same year at the University of Pennsylvania and was awarded the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Zoology in 1911. In addition to the foregoing educational pursuits and practices, Dr. McIndoo assisted at the Uni- versity of Indiana, 1905-06, and in the summer of 1905 collected blind fishes in caves of western Cuba as well as other fishes indigenous to the fresh and salt waters of the island. He also attended the Biological Station of the University of Indiana, the Woods Hole Biological Sta- tion, the George Washington University, and the United States De- partment of Agriculture Graduate School. Dr. McIndoo’s later interests in and researches on the sense organs and responses of insects to various stimuli were largely initiated by his studies at the University of Pennsylvania which resulted in the publication of his thesis entitled ‘‘The Lyriform Organs and Tactile Hairs of Araneads.”’ The Bureau of Entomology of the United States Department of Agriculture appointed Dr. MecIndoo to its staff in 1911 and assigned him to the Division of Fruit Insect Investigations. After serving in this and other divisions for a period of 34 years, he retired as a senior entomologist in 1945. During his long and distinguished career, Dr. MeIndoo’s researches received world-wide recognition, particularly in the field relating to the olfactory and other sense organs of insects belonging to the orders Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera, and Orthoptera. He developed the well-known MeIndoo olfactometer, which instrument was extensively used in his studies on insect attractants and repellents. In addition to Dr. McIndoo’s researches in the science of osmies, he made extensive investigations of derris, cubé, and other rotenone-bear- ing plants to evaluate their usefulness for the destruction of insect pests. Dr. McIndoo was the author or coauthor of 84 publications and was particularly adept in making detailed pen and ink drawings to illus- trate the text. Dr. McIndoo was a past president of the Entomological Society of Washington, a fellow in the Entomological Society of America, and a member of the American Society of Zoology and of the Insecticide Society of Washington. In addition, he participated actively in many civic organizations of the Washington area. Dr. McIndoo will always be remembered as a modest man, a con- scientious worker and a gentleman in every respect. He will be greatly missed by all who had the good fortune to know and associate with him. He is survived by his widow, Emma P. McIndoo, two children, Thomas M. and Mary, and two grandchildren. E. H. SIEGLER PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 45 SOCIETY MEETING The 657th regular meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was held on Thursday, November 1, 1956, in room 48 of the U. S. National Museum. There were 54 members and 52 visitors present. President R. A. St. George called the meeting to order at 8:00 p.m. and the minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The following new members were elected: Fred A. Morton, Entomology Branch, Office of the Chief of Engineers, Depart- ment of the Army; Dr. Lafe R. Edmonds, Engineering Research and Develop- ment Laboratory, Fort Belvoir, Va.; William L. Downes, Jr., Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Section, U. S. National Museum, Washington 25, D. C.; Robert V. Travis, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Plant Industry Station, Belts- ville, Md.; John Knox Clagett, 6909 Carleton Terrace, College Park, Md.; and Max W. McFadden, 2040 Eye St. N.W., Washington 6, D. C. F. W. Poos, in behalf of the nominating committee, reported on the proposed officers for 1957. (Note: Officers for the year 1957 are presented on the inside front cover.—Ed.) President St. George thanked Dr. Poos for presenting the report in behalf of chairman W. H. Anderson, and thanked the committee, of which the third member was W. D. Reed, for preparing the slate of nominations. Some corrections offered by members to the proposed constitutional change presented at the previous meeting were discussed by President St. George. Voting on the proposals was deferred until the annual meeting in December, because of the large number of visitors present. Randall Latta brought greetings to the Society from the American Entomologi- cal Society, which he addressed at its regular meeting in the Academy of Natural Science in Philadelphia in September. H. H. Stage exhibited a pendant of amber containing several fossilized insects. W. E. Bickley announced that the ‘‘woolly-bear’’ prediction this year was for a mild winter, and that this is to be his final observation on the subject. Presi- dent St. George recalled seeing the statement that woolly-bears are unreliable forecasters. RR. H. Foote exhibited ‘‘ Aquatic Insects of California,’’ edited by Robert L. Usinger. Jerome G. Rozen reviewed ‘‘A Revision of the Genus Pselaptrichus Brendel,’’ by Robert O. Schuster and Gordon A. Marsh, and ‘‘ A Classification of the First-Instar Larvae of the Meloidae,’’ by J. W. MacSwain. CG. F. Rainwater gave a note on the status of the Mediterranean fruit fly pre- pared by the Plant Pest Survey Section. In Florida 11 new infestations were found during September in known infested counties. The last infested county was Osceola found two months ago. By the end of September, 168 infestations were known in 27 counties. There were 38,825 traps in the field, 36,000 in 39 counties in Florida. The remainder were in Alabama, California, Georgia, Louisi- ana, Mississippi, and Texas. No flies have been found outside of Florida. A total of 3,853,674 acres have been treated with bait spray and 26,673 acres have received surface treatment with granular insecticides. 46 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 Of the area treated by aircraft with bait spray, 1,331,735 acres were Ccov- ered under Federal contract and 2,249,270 acres under State contract. Aireraft was used to treat 8,167 acres with granular insecticides, and ground equipment to spray 17,442 acres with bait spray and 22,446 acres with granular insecticide. Treatment is still being applied to 246,000 aeres, which is a reduction of some 65 percent from the original spray area. The fly has exhibited a marked ability to build up rapidly when eontrols have not been properly timed. On September 26 certification was waived on all regulated vegetables produced in all Federally regulated counties except Pinellas. (Speaker’s abstract.) The principal paper of the evening, ‘‘ Malaria Control Problems in Indo-China,’’ was given by Harry H. Stage, Malaria and Vector Control Specialist (until retire- ment October 31, 1956), International Cooperation Administration, Vietnam. Dr. Stage introduced Dr. Louis Williams, Jr., Pan American Sanitary Bureau, regional office of the World Health Organization. The problems encountered in efforts to control malaria in Indochina are many and varied. Some of them are concerned with lack of trained personnel. Such problems can be resolved, although that requires time and local interest. Others are more complicated because they are closely associated with the very life of the people their habits, their ideology, and their security. These latter prob- lems do not yield easily to western ideas of organization and management, and they should not be subjected completely to our kind of logic. Rather, we for- eigners must bend to unaccustomed lines of approach and emphasis. These latter problems—indefinite, in some cases unmentionable—are no less vital to us who undertake a disease-control project than problems having to do with the insect vector itself. In Vietnam the problem is especially complicated because there are some 700,000 tribal Indonesians living in remote mountain areas and who contribute little to the economy of the country. The Vietnamese are therefore inclined to disregard them in health programs and social welfare. The problems of military insecurity, transportation, trained personnel, and customs, require special consideration and thought. The problems having to do with finances are not those involved in inadequacy of funds; rather, they are concerned with pro- cedures for getting the money to the end point. The steps are many and tor- tuous, and sometimes there are leakages enroute. There are 22 species of An- opheles, probably only three of which, A. minimus, A. jeyporiensis, and A. sun- diacus, are effective vectors. These have very definite habitat requirements, however, and so cause a ‘‘spotted’’ incidence over the nation. Emphasis should be placed on one of the greatest problems—and weaknesses—in the Indochinese Malaria Control Programs, that of inadequate supervision. Without it anopheline resistance will be promoted and this in turn will make the task of eventual ma- laria eradication difficult indeed. (Speaker’s abstract.) Dr. Stage’s slides were an excellent complement to his talk, which was fol- lowed by questions and comments by Doyle Reed, Margaret Walton, Louis Wil- liams, Reece Sailer, and others. Two new members were introduced, Lafe Edmonds and Fred Morton. The visitors introduced were Frederico and Anna Lane of Brazil, Major Tibor Lépes of Yugoslavia (where his name would be given as Lépes Tibor), Mrs. Stage, Mrs. Lucie C. Timberlake, and Dr. J. Bonne-Wepster, of the Netherlands. The meet- ink adjourned at 9:48 p.m.—Keuulir O’NeiuL, Recording Secretary. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 1, FEBRUARY, 1957 4.7 A Cyanamid Report Resistance Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type insecticides has been proven or suspected in: cockroaches house flies mosquitoes flea beetles Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil dog and cat fleas body lice bed bugs lygus bugs codling moth cotton leaf worm leafhoppers dog ticks Many researchers have found malathion to be a capable replacement for the chlorinated hydrocarbons and have made recommendations for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem in your area, you might well consider malathion for your 1957 research schedule. Developers and producers of malathion and parathion Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY particular Agricultural Chemicals Division technical Insecticide Research information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y. Pyrenone HELPS TO PRESERVE PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL Pee quickly kills destructive, annoy- ing and disease-carrying insects. In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective for long periods of time. In fact, a single application of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- tacks for an entire storage season. On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible stages of insects fast —even between showers of rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly emerging parasites and predators are free to com- plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize or feed upon destructive insect pests. This means that Pyrenone is completely com- patible with the natural control of crop-destroying insects. eal an cfefe (OLN Vetere LON ian Jaa Hl On FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 1701 Patapsco Avenue « Baltimore 26, Md. BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal 3 GREAT INSECTICIDES CHLORDANE ae “Y(HEPTACHLOR CONTROL THESE INSECTS CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, Wireworms...and many others. HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms »..and many others. ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. Pee RE SIE NOT A Toh VE Ss LN POR OUEN EG TOP Aye Cree t ees el Preferred by Home owners Food Processors and Dairymen ae: x Peet es QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of | kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0. 10% | thrins, 0 12% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 0.75% Meth xyct ‘GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Pili Gulf's carefully researched formula provides down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Py Piperonyl Eutonlde, and 2% Methoxychlor. ‘ - GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) 4 An easy-to-use pressurized ‘spray | for protectin nies oe against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contai and 3% Perthane. GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray ‘containir i ie insecticides for killing ants and c 0. 08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) y aghy tA superlative-quality insecticide specially orm nulc sy _ use where foodstuffs are processed, oye Contains ¢ 0. 25% Use and 0.20% P - GULF Livestock ‘SPRAY Long proven formula with effective insect- killing repellent properties. Contains: 0; 07% Pyrethr s ae Butoxide. GULF BUILDING, | virrsaure s 7. 2 in af i? ies VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NO. 2 PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY CONTENTS ALLRED, D. M.—A New Species of Mite, Hirstionyssus bisetosus, from the Nests of the Desert Wood Rat, Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas (Acarina, PEKeCUIECATI-V S591 C1 cl Cy eee ee ee ee eee ee Se ete Ss oS ARNAUD, P., JR.—A Bibliographical Note on Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura.) (Diptera, Eleleidae)) 222 ee LAMORE, D.—The Spider, Conopistha trigona Hentz, Family Theridiidae, as a Commensal of Allepiera lemniscata Walckenaer, Family Argiopidae, imeErince Georse,s) County, Maryland —. = = C8 SLATER, J. A.. and HURLBUTT, H. W.—A Comparative Study of the Metathoracic Wing in the Family Lygaeidae (Hemiptera, Heteroptera) €7 SNYDER, T. E.—A New Rugitermes from Bolivia (Isoptera, Kalotermidae) 81 STEYSKAL, G. C._—The Date of Publication of Bezzi’s Studies in Philip- pine Diptera, II _________ ane oe Wen ere te a es MOO SUMMERS, F. M.—American Species of Ledermuielteria and Ledermuelleri- opsis, With a Note on New Synonymy in Neognathus (Acarina, Stig- 82 PeeIde ore Cale ORELMICAE) yee ee eee ec 49 WILLIAMS, R. W.—Observations on the reel Habits of Some Heleidae Gicohespermuga wsiands «(Diptera a GL ares TES Pr ACT RO UNI IN Ose RGiby, ae Sew ot a ee = 166 TENS) CES, TRAN VATS NN? Pa ies TE Sie a Eee de 80 THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MarcH 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U.S. eurreney). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Published bimonthly beginning with February by the Society at Washington, D. C. Members in good standing are entitled to the Proceedings free of charge. Non-member subscriptions are $5.00 per year, both domestic and foreign (U. 8. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Washington. The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. All manuscripts intended for publication should be addressed to the Editor.1 Acceptable papers submitted by members will be published in the order received and will be given precedence over those by non-members. Immediate publica- tion may be obtained at a cost to the author of about $10.00 per printed page, plus cost of all engraving. Titles of papers should be concise but comprehensive and should indicate the systematic position of the subject insect. By-lines should indicate present mailing address of the author and his organizational affiliation, if possible. Citations in the text of papers longer than one printed page should be by author and date and should refer to a list of concluding references in which author, year, title name of publication, volume and page are given in that order. In shorter articles references to literature should be included in parentheses in the text. Proportions of full-page illustrations should closely approximate 4-5/16 x 6” (26 x 36 picas); this usually allows explanatory matter to appear on the same page. Cost. of illustrations in excess of that for one full-page line cut will be borne by the author. Reprints of published papers may be obtained at the following costs plus postage and insurance, provided that a statement of the number desired ac- companies the returned proofs: 2pp. 4pp. S8pp. 12pp. 16 pp. Covers SOM CO pies ts. 2. ee $2.00 $35.00 $5.00 $5.60 $6.25 $4.00 LOOveoplesy ste 1s Ls Ss 2 2.50 3.80 6.00 7.20 8.25 4.75 Additional copies per 100 ____— = r00 1.15 2.00 2.60 3.15 1.50 Purchase of reprints by institutions whose invoices are subject to notarization or other invoice fees will have the cost of such fees added to the purchase price. 1Miss Alice V. Renk, Entomology Research Division, ARS, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Room 3151, South Building, Washington 25, D. C. Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. PROCEEDINGS OF THE PME ONEOLOGICAL SOCIETY .OF WASHINGTON VOL. 59 APRIL 1957 NOS 2 AMERICAN SPECIES OF LEDERMUELLERIA AND LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS, WITH A NOTE ON NEW SYNONYMY IN NEOGNATHUS (ACARINA, STIGMAEIDAE, CALIGONELLIDAE). F. M. Summers, University of California, Davis The mites that Oudemans (1923) referred to his genus Ledermuel- leria comprise a homogeneous group of stigmaeids having globate bodies almost completely encased in an ornamented exoskeleton. They occur as thinly dispersed inhabitants of ground litter, leaf mold, moss, and meadow land. Three of the four Ledermuelleria species and the one species of Ledermuelleriopsis collected principally in California are species described from Europe. Redescriptions of the named species are needed because existing descriptions do not clearly indicate their distinguishing features. A distinctive feature of these two genera is the extensive encase- ment of the hysterosoma by one (Ledermuelleria) or two (Leder- muelleriopsis) dorsal plates. These plates constitute a carapace-like covering over the entire dorsum and sidewalls of the hysterosoma. The humeral (scapular) plate on each side is displaced to a pleuro-ventral position. LEDERMUELLERIA Oudemans Ledermiilleria Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150. Globate, red or straw-colored mites with stubby legs and mouthparts. Palpus 5-segmented, thickset, longer than extended chelicera by two distal segments; overall length not greater than combined lengths of genu, tibia, and tarsus of leg I. Primary claw of palptibia well-developed, with a very small accessory claw anchored medially at its base. Palptarsus a slender cylinder, equal to or slightly longer than primary claw; equipped with five acicular setae, a peglike sensillum, and a stubby, trifid sensillum at its apex. Chelicerae independently movable, with retractile stylets much shorter than inflated basal segments. Idio- soma arched dorsally, its posterior end with a shallow suleus which delimits a ‘caudal protuberance,’’ on the inferior surface of which is located a pair of ano-genital valves. Dorsum almost wholly shielded with three sculptured plates: one covering propodosoma, one covering hysterosoma to lateral margins of venter, and one caudal plate covering posteriormost protuberance and part of ventral opisthosoma. Humeral (scapular) plate large, triangular, displaced ventrally with apex intruding between coxae II and TIT. All of these plates tessellated or uniformly dimpled. Two or four sternal plates; the two between opposite 50 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 coxal groups on propodosoma may unite in midventral line to form a single ‘«prosternum’’; the two on metapososoma may be separate or joined into a ‘<metasternum.’’ Sternal and genital plates delicate, not usually sculptured. Eyes: apparently one on each side with a clearly discernible refractile body. Twenty-six dorsal setae, including two ventrally displaced humerals and four on caudal plate. Ventral setae simple, four to six pairs, not including three pairs on anal portion of ano-genital valves. Anal and genital apertures not separated externally. Setae and special sensilla of appendages closely follow pattern described for Stigmaeidae (Grandjean, 1944) with but minor variations between species. Empodia I to IV each with three pairs divergent, capitate tenent hairlets. Ledermuelleria segnis (Koch) (Figs. 1-4) Caligonus segnis Koch, 1836, Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachni- den, Fase. 5, No. 10. Raphignathus ruber Koch, 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems 3(3) :56, PI Ve rics 3s: Raphignathus piger (Schrank). Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myriapoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia Reperta. Ordo Prostigmata, Fasc. XXII, No. 1, Pl. S84. Ledermiilleria segnis (Koch). Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6(130) :150. The mite described by Koch (1836) as Caligonus segnis is a distine- tive species, such that his figure of this species permits recognition beyond reasonable doubt. Also described and illustrated in the same monograph were Caligonus piger and C. ruber. The nomenclature of these three species became confused in Koch’s synoptic work of 1842. This time he illustrated C. segnis but applied to it the name Raphig- nathus ruber (Fig. 28). In like manner, another mite which he first named C. ruber is again illustrated but under the name of C. piger. At a later date, Berlese (1885) redescribed the animal here considered to be conspecific with C. segnis, but he called it Raphignathus piger (Schrank). Sample specimens of this mite from California were sent to Dr. G. Lombardini, Florence, Italy, who found them to be identical with specimens identified by Berlese as R. piger (Schr). The synonymy of the three species as given by Oudemans (1923) does not clarify the nomenclature. According to Oudeman’s belief, Caligonus ruber Koch belongs in the genus Nicoletiella (= N. cornuta Can. et Fanz.). Another complication appears in Podaia. Acarus ruber Schrank, 1776 (= A. rubens Schr., 1781) was made the type of Podaia by Oudemans (1923). Oudemans also believed that A. rubens Schr. = Caligonus piger Koch. Although Podaia is a genus of doubtful status at the present time, it is clear that Schrank’s figure of Acarus ruber (1776) does not depict a species which should be included in Ledermuelleria. Female.—Sculpturing of dorsal plates appears as numerous, deeply indented pits, oval to circular in outline, closely and evenly spaced, of uniform size; each approximately 11 mw in diameter. Lining of each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal setae bowed or curved, sickle-like, with alveoli on elevated tubercles; all denticu- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 ol late, with serrations bilateral; axes tapering to finely pointed tips. Tubercles of first dorso-medians (verticales) loeated forward, in an inferior position on part of propodosoma overhanging cheliceral bases. Setae of dorso-median rows as long or longer than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind ; second dorso-median setae (adjacent to eyes) slightly longer (ca. 75 uw) than others on propodosoma but not longer than dorso-medians on hysterosoma; four shortest on caudal plate. Two sternal plates of propodosoma continous across mid-ventral line to constitute a prosternum. Sternal plates of metapodosoma incompletely fused in mid-ventral line. Genital plate not distinctly separated from caudal plate surrounding ano-genital area. Genital plate expanded to cover a broad area of opisthosoma close behind sternal plates of metapodosoma, bearing but one pair of widely spaced genital setae. Genu I bears three setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum (épine « of Grandjean); corresponding sensillum absent on genu II; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (109 2): idiosoma, 300 mw long, 250 mu wide; leg I, 170 pu from base of trochanter to tips of claws. Male.—Not observed. Collection Data.—Green Valley, Solano County, Calif., Dec. 1, 1948 (H. E. Cott and 8. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Mount Diablo, Contra Costa County, Calif., Dec. 30, 1948 (H. E. Cott and 8. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Smithfield Canyon, Utah, Mar. 16, 1949 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex maple leaves. Cobb Mountain, Lake County, Calif., May 5, 1950 (W. J. Wall and BS. F. Bailey), ex oak and pine leaf mold. Torrey Pines Park, San Diego County, Calif., Dec. 28, 1950 (R. M. Bohart), ex pine leaf mold. Auburn, Calif., Mar. 11, 1951 (EK. I. Schlinger), ex pine leaf mold. Quincy, Calif., Forest Range and Experiment Station, Apri. 1, 1951 (F. M. Summers), ex manzanita leaf mold. Altadena, Calif., Dec. 24, 1951 (KE. I. Schlinger), ex leaf mold, Quercus agrifolia. Mount Pinos, East Ventura County, Calif., May 2, 1952 (S. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. Said Valley, Lassen County, Calif., July 30, 1952 (W. C. Bentlinek), ex ground litter. Ledermuelleria clavata (Can. e Fanz.) (Figs. 5-6) Caligonus clavatus Canestrini e Fanzago, 1876, Atti d. Soc. Veneto-Trentina di Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135. Id., 1877, Atti R. Inst. Veneto di Sci. Lett. ed Arti 4 (5): 154, Pl. 4. Raphignathus clavatus, G. Canestrini, 1889, Ibid. 7 (ser. 6): 508, Pl. 11, Figs. 41, 43. A. Berlese, 1885, Acari, Myr. et Scorp. Ital., Fasc. XXII, No. 2, Pl. 86, Figs. 1-8. [?] Raphignathus sphagneti Hull, 1918, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland, Durham, Neweastle-upon-Tyne 5:30, Pl. 3, Figs. 70-72. Nrw SyNonyMy. Ledermiilleria clavatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130): 151. Female.—Dorsal plates sculptured with pits or dimples so closely set that their elevated margins are polygonal in outline, producing a netlike appearance. Lining of pits membranous, appearing as a circular depression in center of each polygon. 52 PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Dorsal setae stubby, bayonet-like, evenly tapered from base to greatest thickness near tips; bluntly pointed; axial core differentiated from hyaline sheath, the latter showing few incipient denticulations. Setae of dorso-median rows much shorter than distance between alveolus of any one and that next behind, their alveoli not on conspicuous tubereles. First dorso-median pair (verticales) on upper surface; second dorso-median pair (nearest to eyes) longer (60 mw) than others on propodosoma; shortest of dorsal setae about two-thirds the length of the longest ones. Plates on venter of idiosoma, integumental covering of gnatho* soma and basal segments of legs faintly show sculpturing as on dorsum. Two sternal plates of propodosoma and two of metapodosoma not united with each other across mid-ventral line. Genital plate discrete, narrow, its anterior margin semi-circular; with three pairs subequal setae bordering genital area. Caudal protuberance pendant beneath opisthosoma, its hindermost margin not visible from above. Each genu I and II has three setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (32 9): Idiosoma, 430 mw long, 340 uw wide; leg I, 210 u from base of trochanter to tips of claws. Male.—Not observed. Collection Data—Millie Spring, Allen Canyon, Utah, July, 1950 (G. F. Knowlton and 8. L. Wood), ex moss. Garden City, Utah, Mar. 16, 1950 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex poplar humus. Ledermuelleria pectinata (Ewing) Giigss 7-8) Raphygnathus pectinatus Hwing, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37:151, PE Eo Micw23: Ledermiilleria pectinatus, Oudemans, 1923, Ent. Ber. 6 (130) :152. Bustigmaeus granulosus Willmann, 1951, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 160 (1-2): 137, Fig. 20. New Synonymy. Female.—Dorsal plates seulptured as in L. segnis, with pits oval to circular in outline, evenly spaced, of uniform size, each 7 to 9 w in diameter. Lining of each pit coarsely granular. Dorsal setae short (to 27 uw long), straight or slightly curved, club-shaped, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules. Alveoli set in small tubercles. Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metas- ternum; prosternum covers sternal area to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate well-separated from caudal plate widest at its anterior third, narrowed behind to width of ano-genital valves; with three pairs genital setae as illustrated. Caudal protuberance sub-terminal, tip visible from above. Each genu I and TI] has three setae of common type plus a minute, spiniform sensillum; each genu ITT and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (492 2): Idiosoma, 310 mw long, 230 w wide; leg I, 160 w from base of trochanter to tips of claws. Male.—Not observed. Collection Data.—Kast Layton, Utah, Oct. 19, 1949 (G. F. Knowlton and Shi-Chun Ma), ex oak leaves. Mount St. Helena, Napa County, California, May 10, 1951 (S. F. Bailey), ex manzanita leaf mold. The species here identified as L. pectinata (Ewing) is identical with the type specimen in the U.S. National Museum. However, it appears PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 5: vo that it may be one of G. Canestrini’s (1889) species, possibly that which he named Raphignathus anauniensis. The suspected synonymy cannot be further clarified at the present time. Ledermuelleria lacuna, n. sp. (Figs. 9-10) Female.—Dorsum of propodosoma with three plates: an extensive median plate having three pairs of setae and two small lateral plates, one on each side, each with one seta. Lateral plates of propodosoma overlie the ventrally displaced humeral plates. Dorsal plates sculptured with very shallow dimples best observed in profile at curved margins but not readily apparent in face view on middle of dorsum. Dorsal setae acicular, faintly denticulate; second dorso-median pair (near eyes) longest of body setae (48 uw), approximately twice as long as shortest pair next nearest to eyes. Venter mostly unarmored, integument striated. Two sternal plates on propodosoma and two on metapodosoma occur as narrow flanges adjoiming opposed coxal groups, hindermost pair with net-like sculpturing (prob- ably noticed only because iodine in mounting medium stained these plates of type specimen in an unusual manner). Genital plate small, narrow, front margin truncate, with three pairs of genital setae. Caudal protuberance sub-terminal, posterior tip visible from above. Genu I bears three setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum; genu II similarly equipped; no setae present on genua ITI] and IV. Measurements (type @): idiosoma, 280 u long, 260 uw wide; leg I, 180 « from base of trochanter to tips of claws. Male.—Not observed. Holotype.—Female, Bassetts, Sierra County, California, Aug. 21, 1952 (S. F. Bailey), er sweepines from Lilliacese and willow. Type specimen deposited in the U.S. National Museum, No. 2226. The distinctive characters of this species are: (1) simple architec- ture of the dorsal setae, (2) presence of two small lateral plates, one on each side of the large median propodosomal plate, (3) feeble dimpling on the median regions of the dorsal skeleton, and (4) absence of setae on genua IIT and IV. The description is based on a single adult specimen which is slightly folded on the left side. The characters ascribed to the species are also evident on two deutonvmphs obtained from the same sample. LEDERMUELLERIOPSIS Willmann Ledermulleriopsis Willmann, 1953, Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 162(6) :487. This genus was created by Willmann (1951) to accommodate two new Austrian species. L. triscutata and L. plumosa. The genus and first named species, L. triscutata, were not formally described until 1953. L. triscutata was designated as genotype in the later publication (Willmann, 1953). The diagnostic feature of Ledermuelleriopsis is the presence of & o4 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 dorsal suture across the mid-section of the hysterosoma. The two hysterosomal plates separated by this suture are about equal in size, and each bears three pairs of setae. Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa Willmann (Figs. 11-15) Ledermiilleriopsis plumosus Willmann, 1951, Stitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad, Wis- sensch., Mathem.-naturw. K1., Abt. I, 160 (1-2) :140, Fig. 24. Female.—Dorsal plates with shallow, rounded dimples or pits closely resembling those described for Ledermuelleria pectinata. Dorsal setae very short (12-25 uw), 24 of which are clavate, with numerous whorls of coarse spinules; 2 scapular setae acicular, firmly plumose, length equal to longest of other dorsal setae. Sternal plates comprise an integral prosternum and an integral metasternum ; prosternum occupies venter to base of gnathosoma. Genital plate covers opistho- soma almost to metasternal plate, widest in front, with 3 pairs of genital setae. Caudal protuberance terminal, well-exposed to view from above. Each genu T and II has 3 setae of common type plus a minute spiniform sensillum; each genu III and IV has but one seta of common type. Measurements (9 @ 9): Idiosoma, 270 u long, 190 uw wide; leg I, 150 uw from base of trochanter to tips of claws. Male.—Closely resembles female in size and proportions of ganthosoma and legs; idiosoma slightly smaller in size, more tapered from shoulders to caudal protuberance. Dorsal setae finely plumose, slender, not noticeably clavate; three posterior pairs longer (27 mw) than other dorsals. Genital and caudal plates evidently not separate—this composite plate covers caudal protuberance and entire venter of opisthosoma to margin of metasternum. Two pairs of genital setae, posterior pair approximately twice as long as anterior pair. Anus terminal, overlying genital aperture immediately beneath. Three pairs anal setae closely clustered on anal valves; two most dorsal pairs diminutive, spurlike, both pairs situated on one pair of ‘‘paranal’’ papillae; third pair longer, acicular, located below and external to bases of papillae. Intromittent organ observed only in retracted condition, within body; it comprises a slender, sinuous, slightly tapered tubular or grooved sclerite, with proximal end between bases of coxae IV; distal tip associated with or ensheathed by an expanded, barblike plate as illustrated (Fig. 12). Posterodorsal wall of genital atrium provided with paired selerites in juxtaposition, each of which has an upwardly directed, toothlike apodeme. Chae- totaxy and sensilla of legs I-IV essentially as in opposite sex, except that each tarsus bears an additional specialized sensillum; this ‘‘male tarsal organ’’ (‘grand solénidion male,’’?’ Grandjean, 1944) is conspicuously long, inflated, cross-striated, arising above near proximal end of each tarsus. Male tarsal organ longest on tarsus [I (38 w), slightly shorter but similar on successive tarsi. Measurements (2 ¢ 4): idiosoma, 240 mw long, 150 w wide; leg I, 140 uw from base of trochanter to tips of claws. Collection Data.—Nine females, two males, Alturas, Modoe County. California, Oct. 11, 1952 (E. I. Sechlinger), ex juniper leaf mold. Insofar as this is the first description of the male, one of the male specimens has been deposited in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 7 | ci NEw GENERIC SYNONYMY IN THE CALIGONELLIDAR Dr. Carl Willman, Bremen, Germany, was kind enough to call to the author’s belated attention a description of Neognathus Willmann, 1952, which antedates an identical genus, Stigmagnathus, proposed by Summers and Schlinger (1955). The latter is therefore a synonyn of Neognathus, and the status of the several species is as follows: Genus NEOGNATHUS Willmann Neognathus Willmann, 1952. Verofftl. Inst. Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1:162-63, Pie 28, Hig. 19: Stigmagnathus Summers and Schlinger, 1955. Hilgardia 23(12): 546. New SYNONYMY. Species.—N. insolitus Willm. 1952, type species by original designation. N. spectabilis (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComBINATION. N. terrestris (Summ. and Schl.), 1955. New ComMBINAtTIon. REFERENCES Berlese, A. 1882-93. Acari, Myiopoda et Scorpiones hucusque in Italia Reperta. Ordo Prostigmata (Trombidiidae). Patavii. Canestrini, G. 1889. Prospetto dell’Acarofauna Italiana. Famiglia dei Tetrany- chini. Atti d. reale Ist. Ven. d. Sci., Lettre ed Arti (ser. 6) 7: 491-537. ————— and Fanzago, F. 1876. Nuovi Acari Italiani. Atti d. Soc. Veneto- Trentina di Sci. Nat. 5 (1): 135. Ewing, H. E. 1917. New Acarina. Part II.—Descriptions of new species and varieties from Iowa, Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, and Ohio. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 37: 149-172. Grandjean, F. 1944. Observations sur les acariens de la Famille des Stigmaeidae. Arch. Sci. Phys. et Nat. 26 (5): 103-131. Hull, J. E. 1918. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland, Durham, and Neweastle-upon-Tyne. 5 (n. ser.) : 13-88. Koch, C. L. 1835-44. Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden. Heft 1-40. Regensburg. ——— 1842, Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems. III. Heft, III. Abt. Nurn- berg. Oudemans, A. C. 1923. Acarologischen Aanteekeningen LXXI. Ent. Ber. Neder- land. Ent. Vereen. 6(130): 145-155. Schrank, Franz von Paula 1776. Beytrage zur Naturgeschichte. Beith, Augsburg. 1781. Enumeratio Insectorum Austriae Indigenorum. Augustae Vindelicorum. Summers, F. M., and Schlinger, E. I. 1955. Mites of the family Caligonellidae (Aearina). Hilgardia 23(12): 539-561. Willmann, C. 1951. Untersuchungen ueber die terrestrische Milbenfauna im pan- nonischen Klimagebiet Osterreichs. Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. Kl. Abt. I, 160(1-2): 91-176. 1952. Die Milbenfauna der Nordseeinsel Wangerooge. Verofftl. Inst. Meeresforsch. Bremerhaven 1: 139-186. ——_—— 1953. Neue Milben aus den ostlichen Alpen. Sitzungsb. der Osterr. Akad. Wissensch., Mathem.-naturw. Kl., Abt. I, 162 (6): 449-519. 56 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2 , APRIL, 1957 Ledermuelleria segnis. Fig. 1, Ventral aspect of female; fig. 2, right palpus; fig. 3, dorsal surface; fig. 4, first leg of right side. only to the two large figures. ) (Millimeter scale applicable PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 ae aH O270777 ———— Ledermuelleria clavata. Fig. 5, Venter; fig. 6, dorsum of female. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 soc. ENT. uu JO e ¢ Z TEN er a a a Da OS JC i S an yavu SPORTS . SOLS SO OW ars oO ( ORO win S Cy AG Snes ~. SR e Yon vo ¢ . SEES Sole bo yd (eV 4) Caer ve cl pi ENN SOSA Cate ory rye) Ie ease ue) Gye y a O. Fi eS Rony ats (ayn ey Sec Ay Vin Ce) NSN =) ACS Were | eS wen) Goi aa nse IN el \ Fig. 7, Venter; fig. 8, dorsum of female. PROC. Ledermuelleria pectinata. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 59 o ees Le PA ihe ie eee we ee Sues y NS AE = =\ <a SS Ledermuelleria lacuna n. sp. Fig. 9, Venter; fig. 10, dorsum of female. 60 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 1 NN 3 oy BZA a Pi (ae) “~ —— S ayy ——s O1lmm ea -G SS A Ledermuelleriopsis plumosa, Fig. 11, Right leg I of female; fig. 12, opistho- soma of male drawn from above; fig. 13, right tarsus I of male; fig. 14, dorsum of female; fig. 15, venter of female. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 61 OBSERVATIONS ON THE BREEDING HABITATS OF SOME HELEIDAE OF THE BERMUDA ISLANDS (DIPTERA)! Roger W. WILLIAMS? School of Public Health and Administrative Medicine, Columbia University, New York, N. Y. As indicated by Wirth and Williams (1956) only two species of Heleidae had been reported previously from the Bermuda Islands. These were Pterobosca fusicornis (Coquillett), called Ceratopogon fur by Johnson (1913), and an unknown species he designated as Cera- topogon sp. During June and July 1955, light-trap and recovery-cage studies were conducted in each of the several parishes (see Williams 1956 for map giving exact location of each study area) and breeding habitats were observed. Four recovery cages, modified from that described by Dove et al. (1932) in that they had a solid wooden top instead of a muslin top covered by hardware cloth, trapped the majority of positively photo- tropic insects that emerged from the 4-square-foot area of soil covered by each cage. Two cages were placed in each of 15 trapping areas for a period of 1 week and then moved to the next trapping locale. Most of the cages were placed at the edge of ponds and the margins of marsh drainage ditches. If possible the 2 cages were placed in a single trapping area in different types of habitats with different flora. The jars from the recovery cages and light trap were examined daily for heleids. A Beckman pH meter was used for determining the pH of soil samples from each area studied (the figures in Table I represent an average of three readings from each area) and a set of hydrometers calibrated for determining the salt content of water at 15.4°C. was used for ascertaining the salinity of the water from each habitat. These water samples were cooled to about 12°C. in a large cold- storage room, brought outdoors, and as they warmed up to 15.4° the readings were taken. Soil temperatures were determined at each area studied. In some areas the use of a solid top on the recovery cages Increased the temperature of the soil covered by a cage as much as 8°C. over 1Contribution No. 227 of the Bermuda Biological Station. This study was supported by a National Science Foundation grant-in-aid and a Childs Frick Fellowship granted by the Bermuda Biological Station for investigations on the Culicoides of the Bermudas. 2T wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. Wm. Sutcliffe, Jr., director of the Biological Station for his kind assistance; to members of the Bermuda Agri- culture Experiment Station—Gordon R. Groves, director; Idwal Wyn Hughs, assistant director; J. Hubert Jones, assistant horticulturist; and C. A. Baker, horticulturist—for their helpful assistance in transporting equipment and identi- fying plants; and to Dr. W. W. Wirth, entomologist, Entomology Research Division, U. 8S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C., for his identifiea- tion of previously described species of heleids and for ascertaining that other species were new to science. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 <t9) 6 SS SSS SSO ee Idle) wwpshur vifiwod1.10 snap a snjoqosody appnuiag vajayfispg aes poeam odey (OTLB siupjosndasa *¢O - pwoyypou middvy ~ SISUIPNWLIG Saplwoqxnjng ysnayeyy - SULBTT[ILM Y YIM DoyUnjyo pizzag snpyoar snd.uay -0°Cs I OST OL aspos A[YOUIg SISUBIWWDE SNISLUD JT - SULBIT[L ysni aytds pojjouyy (Ysivyy atoyg yynog) Y YL avpnwiaqg vajayhsv( DIIWIYSLIPUs SUDMYIOILY GS I OST 89°L L3-13/9 wing sedurrg (O0T ‘xoidde) DISNLIOOIN) “CL SSBLS YSN ILOYSvag (F3)—StUn]yD ~valaYhsvd snrowMbua snjogosody I (oa) (8)—wasiihoayn] “| (OOT ‘xorddr ) ysni poyvod sijuD)yD Da,ayhsp( ‘ds puodsoyounhyy Ss 8G C96 VL 1G-FL/9 puog [eqytdg SWRITIIM Y UWI vasiwhoapn) “G sSyyUD]}o DajaYyhso( DANI URI SUIBITIIM Sisuapmiuiag Saproaryng apPupw vLoydozyYyY Fs €°OZ Gane 9°9 LIL-01/9 puog 8,}}01], JIOMSSKIS APOO MA svuuasad DWULOIYIDY a49-XO YSIBUL 4[BE SIPUD]ZD DaLdYyhsvg SUIDSIINAL DLYNLLOT B'S LG GEOG cV9 F1-2/9 Puod 8, WOSUTATIM JIOMSSBIS APOO A StUuUaLad DIULOIYDS aUBISINg IpIsveg SULBITIEM Y YALA SlLUD)]}D DaJaYhisDGE WHhALSDIDIN} Lod wNLANSIY 8G GHZ Gree OL OL-+/9 ONT 8, 19A0'7T [LOS LOR MA. (000°T “Oe aad syred) (SC6L) PolIAOIIL SoLIdY WOT} BIAS A a1nye.1ed uo Jf, [eS Had o4eq UOL}BIO'T ‘cC6T ‘A[ng-oung ‘spue[s] vpnutdiog — s}ze}IqQey Surpeoiq prlejay WO SuolBAIesqo [BoISoO[ooy “[ aavy, 63 Ss APRIL, 1 9 at) PROC. ENT. SOO. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. YUDLBUL DIFWOAII.L0 TT DASlOOIIN) “T pasilb *G appnuiag “GC pjouw vajayfisvg nioyrypou niddrvy rrr eee {Oyiq esdeurvid YSIVPL YOIMIe A puog Yomi A ATOM Ysre yy 10 Y—ylq, eseurevig ysieyy ayO1quieg yoytq, eseureiq ysiey, yosed SLDpnasndasla sapooyng ‘ds vydiz ¢ cg £G 9F'9 suuaduwma viiwodia10y A pasiboayn) “| (,aynNbOg) vasiwb *q DjaUWd “ appmu.1aq vajayhsog [fos Apues—ouon TE Lg £6 88°9 TL-F/L SUTBTTTC AM, 9 UWIM Nuuadnava vifiuwodio1o 4 DAISVIbOayN) °(T aDpNULlag “CG ysni aytds mopeayy sijup)}D vajayhsvg DjoanjvId sv.uvYyv0a) SUSMIPNULLIG SapiwoaYyNO snrovmipua snjoqgosody Ts FE 0°SS L¥9 IT-#/2 tupipur pifimodiaLo y sLippnasndala sapwayng sna bua snjoqgoLody G'GZ 9% GT 09°9 $/L-L6/9 vupibur pifiwodia.so yf DasiIHoaIn) “(T wniysvavjnj.od wmansagy (J91.Nbog) vjowa *q = sseis pivaq [vIuUdIEg appnw1ag vajayhisvg syp10j)y wobodhjog simnosndaia “OQ ysni aytds 0yvq1dey) SISWAPNWLIG sSaplwozsyNny DIDILAVDI SLLDYIOIIA 8G I 6€ ¥9 ¥/L-L6/9 tmonLbur Difiwmodra.o 4 appnu1ag vajayhsoqg SSBIS JULIO? suippnasnda1a *O wnyoausip wnjpdsn J SISUAPNUWLIG sSapwaryng YyurvAy 1078 AA DIYUD]YD DIZZAg SIAISSDLI DIULOYNA FS I ol TOL vLoyrvpou viddvT vupLbur pifiuodia1o 4 SSBIs Udy SLDnasndata saproayng SYNDINHUO] DUIYJIWWOD FZ I OL L469 L3-18/9 PHC esvurviq Yysivyy IITYSUOARCT ‘penutju09— J FAV, 57 9 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1 64 ‘SHOJUM opt} LO SULpURYS WE JOU PUR [LOS 4stOU UL Podv;d ode SodvD A1OA0I0 ws ido DISLUDOIIN) DIJIYUSD(T snraiuipbud snjpoqgo.ody G'GZ Wie 6°0L eL9 “pug [peutg ~—-DasrIHoaN) “( sijup)yo vajaylisvg. srolMibare snjpogosody 9% 86 LOL (2 5 DISNNIVOIIN] °“T syyUD] yD DajaYyhisog snawMipua snjoqgosod ys sLpnasndasa saprwooavyng ‘ds nydhT 92 86 LOL OL9 puog eSavry spuog [€-G6/L NID FIOH wWeIIQ-prIy syUuD)yo vajaylisvg siipjnasndala Saploonjng wnsjspavjnplod WniIANSIG 8G £86 298 eno (Aep & dM} BoE aD udus DLOYMOZY sulddviy patdaoo sipup]yo vajayhsv” LIpuvatoO Sopr} Wekad0 Yda.IT(T ) sLIppnasndasa Sapwoovyngy LIPUDIIO WNIMIN 8B BSS o OF OF'9 G3-8L/L Avg palvip[tq YUDLIUL DINWOiI.10 yf IDPNWUW.LIQ “(T DU vyajaylsvg SLID asndasa Sapiwoonijng shops snjoqgoLodsy = 8% O€ SP FEU todotgd Ysieyy uy DISIUBOAIN) *( appniw.tag Dalayhsvg siupynosnda1a *O IP} ssvurei( SISUIPNUWALIG SapvoayNng ‘ds wydfig, 8G oe QF oe'9 Go-ST/L ysieyy woydueyynog SYUD)]LD Va)AYhsvG wnapspovjnjLod WIMLANSIG CFE I FOE €L°9 DasiiPoa nN] DaaYylisvg] = [LOS Yonu-ouON 9G L FOE 6F'9 ro ies puod SuUvAry sLipnosndata saprooyngy snoruipae snjoqgosody G LG tl OGL POD UTINZOn qa. a) nes x SLLuUD}yD Dajayhsvg YSLUBULG J, sluppnasndasa saprloayjng DIUjDI UUW TL FE LOL Sie puog touwseg ‘ponulzuojg—'] aTav a er PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, / TABLE 2.—EHXTREMES IN SOMBH ECOLOGICAL CONDITIONS IN APRIL, 1957 65 BREEDING HABITATS OF CERTAIN HELEIDAR OF THE BERMUDAS. Number of Range in on areas salinity Species (out of 15) Range in pH (parts per Comments on vegetation in which 1,000) collected Culicoides 6 7.0—7.01 1.2-15 Considerable variation in bermudensis species of plants. Bezzia atlantica 2 6.32-7.01 1.2-31.5 Do. C. crepuscularis 9 6.32—7.50 1.2-36.2 Areas of dense vegetation to shaded areas with no small vegetative growth. Dasyhelea 9 6.45—7.60 10.7-86.5 Do. atlantis D. bermudae 7 6.34-7.68 1.2-25 In sandy soil with no vegetation, to soil with various types of vegeta- tion. D. cincta 3 6.34-6.88 2.4-4.8 Do. D. grisea if 6.46-6.88 2.4 In sandy soil with no vegetation to muck soil with cat-tails and cape weed. D. luteogrisea 8 6.32-7.60 2.4-31.5. In sandy soil with no vegetation to muck soil with various types of vegetation. Forcipomyia 6 6.384-7.0 1.2-15 In soil with various types ingrami of vegetation. FEF. variipennis 2 6.47—6.88 2.4-25 Sandy soil with no vege- tation to loam soil with various types of vegeta- tion. 66 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 that of exposed soil next to the cage, with the result that emergence may have been considerably stimulated. The results of these studies are given in Tables 1 and 2. Three species, Culicoides floridensis Beck, Dasyhelea scisswrae Macfie, and Forcipomyia raleight Macfie were taken in the light trap but never in the recovery cages, and Pterobosca fusicorna (Coq.), which had been collected by Johnson in 1913, was not collected at all. In the United States Culicoides crepuscularis, a pest of man in some parts of the country, is associated with fresh water, but in the Ber- muda Islands it displayed a great tolerance for salt, being found in areas ranging from 1.2 to 36.2 parts of salt per thousand. REFERENCES Dove, W. E., Hall, D. G. and Hull, J. B. 1932. The salt marsh sand fly problem. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 25: 505-522. Johnson, C. W. 1913. The dipteran fauna of Bermuda. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 6: 443-452. Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the genus Culicoides in the Bermuda Islands (Diptera, Heleidae). II. A study of their breeding habitats and geographical distribution. Jour. Parasitol. 42(3): 300-305. Wirth, W. W., and Williams, R. W. 1956. The biting midges of the Bermuda Islands, with descriptions of five new species (Diptera, Heleidae). Proe. Ent. Soc. Wash. 59: 5-14. PREPUBLICATION NOTICE BUTTERFLIES OF THH AMERICAN TROPICS. The Genus ANAEA, Lepidoptera Nymph- alidae. By William Phillips Comstock. American Museum Natural History., New York, 1956. Price $20.00. Because American institutions and publishers of scientific books have fallen far behind the rest of the world in the publication of high-quality color illustra- tions, the Museum is sponsoring the publication of this beautifully illustrated and designed book. The tremendous cost of reproducing the 30 color plates makes it necessary for the Museum, a non-profit institution, to obtain in advance an indication of the demand for this book. If the response is sufficient to show that a reasonable amount of the expense will be subscribed, the book will be published and you will receive your copy in the immediate future. Should the response be insufficient, the Museum reserves the right to return all monies received through this advance appeal. If you wish this work, send your order to the American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street, New York 24, N. Y. The book will be published in only a limited quantity. After publication the price will be $25.00 per copy. Purchasers in countries with British sterling currency may order direct from W. S. Cowell, Ltd., Butter Market, Ipswich, Suffolk, England.—Ed. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 67 A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF THE METATHORACIC WING IN THE FAMILY LYGAEIDAE (HEMIPTERA: HETEROPTERA ) JAMpS A. SLATER AND HENRY W. HurLBurtT, Department of Zoology and Entomology, University of Connecticut, Storrs The present study was undertaken in an attempt to ascertain whether or not the venation of the hind wing of members of the family Lygaeidae might possess characters important to a better understand- ing of the systematic relationships existing within this large and heterogeneous family. Although the taxonomic importance of wing venation is well estab- lished in many orders of insects, the wings have been used only spar- ingly in the Heteroptera. Recent studies by Leston (19538a and b) in the Pentatomoidea and Usinger (1943) in the Reduvoidea have indicated that the wing has considerable taxonomic value in these eroups. There has, to our knowledge, been no systematic attempt to utilize these structures within the family Lygaeidae. We have not attempted to investigate the tracheation nor the hom- ologies of the wing veins, and have adopted the terminology intro- duced by Leston (1953a), as modified from Tanaka (1926), as pre- senting an intelligible system that has the advantage of accounting for all the structural parts present in the lygaeid wine without doing violence to the origin of the various veins. Students more familar with the system of Hoke (1926) may readily compare the two systems by utilizing the illustrations of the various species discussed in the following pages. Technique: For purposes of the present study the majority of the wings were studied from dried specimens. A small number of species were studied from living specimens taken in the field. Wing mounts from dried or fresh material were obtained by the following technique. With a dissecting microscope and foreeps the wings were removed and placed on a drop of water. Care was taken at this point to unfold the jugal lobe. The wing was then drawn onto the top of a drop of olycerine and a coverslip added for protection. To keep the covershp from touching the elycerine a drop of fingernail polish was placed under each corner of the coverslip. Venation is most apparent if no elycerine is allowed to cover the upper surface of the wing. Addi- tional glycerine may readily be placed under the wing if the original olycerine supply dries out. In some cases it was necessary to relax the insect in ethyl acetate for several hours before removal of the wing. Where one is not greatly concerned with the nature of the jugal area, or where comparison only is desired, it is useful to work with dried specimens. With care one may readily remove the front wing and carefully pull the hind wing laterally until the venation is clearly exposed. This method has the advantage of allowing the investigator to check over many species in a relatively short period of time. OS PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Generalized lygaeid wing: (Text figure ) It may safely be said that the lygaeid wing is never of a completely primitive nature within the suborder. However, it is in many species still rather generalized and close to a pentatomoid pattern. The only important specialization uniformly found in the Lygaeidae as con- trasted with the Pentatomoidea is the loss of the antevannal vein. The presence of this vein is apparently characteristic of the latter group. The generalized lygaeid wing may be summarized as follows: 1, Sub- costa present and separated from radius in basal wing area; 2, hamus well developed as a complete vein in the discal cell, the anterior por- tion bent strongly toward the wing base; 3, radius and media fused only at a single point distad of the discal cell; 4, vannal fold bifid for nearly its entire length; 5, antevannal vein absent; 6, intervannals present, short, and not fused at base; 7, vannals separate for nearly entire length (Tanaka notes a single trachea, thus the primitive con- dition may have been a single vein) ; 8, Jugal vein single and extend- ing throughout most of jugal lobe. SUBCOSTA GENERALIZED LYGAEID WING DIAGRAMMATIC The principal modifications from this generalized scheme are the loss of the hamus, subcosta, and intervannals, fusion of the vannal folds, basal fusion of the vannals, reduction or loss of the second vannal and the jugal, and fusion of radius and media for some distance beyond the discal cell. Of these modifications two appear to be very important at higher eroup levels within the family. These are the loss of the hamus and the intervannals. Frequently the reduction of these veins is correlated, although in the Lygaeini (fig. 7) the hamus is well developed while the intervannals are entirely lacking. The presence basally of the subeosta and the reduction of the posterior vannal also are useful modifications at subfamily and tribal levels. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 69 Other modifications must be interpreted with much caution as they generally are the result of vein fusion and appear to have arisen independently in very different groups. This may be illustrated in the case of the radius and the media, which often are fused for some distance beyond the discal cell in some genera of such diverse groups as Cleradini, Blissinae, Cyminae, and Pachygronthinae. Subfamily LYGAEINAE The most generalized wing condition within the subfamily is found in the genera Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhypodes, where both hamus and intervannals are present and the intervannals may be either fused basally or separate (figs. 6 and 8). This very generalized condition indicates that this group of genera is near the primitive lygaeid line. Such orsilline genera as Belonochilus and Orsillus show a more specialized condition in that the intervannals are absent. It seems probable, upon the basis of this as well as other features, that two well defined groups are present in what we now eall the Orsillini. The Lygaeini resemble the Orsillus-Belonochilus group by virtue of the loss of the intervannals. However, this tribe possesses a short distinct basal subcostal vein. This feature is unique within the family ie. 7): Species examined: LyGArint.—Lygaeus kalinvi Stal, Melanocoryphus bicrucis (Say),Graptostethus servus (F.), G. argentatus (F.), Caeno- coris nert Germar, Oncopeltus fasciatus (Dallas). Orstm@uini.—Nysius ericae (Sehill.), N. californicus Stal, Ortholomus scolopax (Say), Belonochilus numenius (Say), Orsillus reyi Puton, Rhypodes clavi- cornis (F.), Subfamily CYMINAE It is evident that the present division of this subfamily into two tribes, the Ischnorhynchini and the Cymini, is untenable. As Mr. H. G. Barber will treat the systematic groupings in this subfamily in a forthcoming publication, we will confine ourselves to the observa- tion that the Ischnorhynehini wing is very generalized, whereas in the Cymini and in Ninus and its allies the hind wing shows the most specialized condition in the entire family. In the Ischnorhynchini! all species examined have a completely developed hamus and intervannals. Polychisme (fig. 1) is perhaps the most generalized by virtue of separate intervannals. In Klezdo- cerys (fig. 3) and Rhiobia the intervannals are fused basally and these two genera also have in common a distinctive bend midway along the distal portion of radius. A stridulatory structure is present in some members of this group. 1The correct usage here is as above, for although the genus Ischnorhynchus Fieb. is a junior synonym of Kleidocerys Stephens, type genera in synonymy are valid as the stem for family group names under action of the International Commission at the 1953 Copenhagen meetings. 70 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 In the Cymini and the ‘‘ninines’’ the hind wings show a very much reduced venation (fig. 4). The hamus and the intervannals are com- pletely lost. Radius and medius are usually fused together for a dis- tance beyond the discal cell. The second vannal is always at. least partially reduced. The Australian genus Ontiscus (fig. 2) is less reduced in that a hamus remnant is present on the posterior portion of the discal cell. Species examined: ISCHNORHYNCHINE.—Kleidocerys resedae (Panz.), K. franciscanus (Stal), Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola), Rhiobia chinai (Esaki), Ninus insignis Stal, Cymoninus flavipes (Mats.), new genus near Cymoninus. Cyminit.—Cymus discors Horvath, C. angustatus Stal, Arphnus coracipennis Stal, Ontiscus australicus Stal. Subfamily BLISSINAE The wing venation of members of this subfamily is highly special- ized. The intervannals are absent, the hamus is either completely absent (fig. 15) or represented by a vestige on the posterior margin of the discal cell (fig. 16). Radius and media are sometimes fused for a distance beyond the discal cell. The Jugal and posterior vannals are reduced. The radius reaches the anterior wing margin in Blissus aS In many myodochines and in the Pamphantinae. The relationships of the subfamily are obscure and other evidence than the wings is needed to clarify its systematic and phylogenetic position within the family. Species examined: Ischnodemus falicus (Say), I. sabuleti (Fall.), Blissus leucopterus (Say), Dimorphopterus spinolae Sign. Subfamily OXYCARENINAE This subfamily is unique in the Lygaeidae in that the species studied have intervannals present but lack a hamus. Radius and media are fused for some distance beyond the diseal cell. The intervannals are separate in Crophius (fig. 13), basally fused in Oxycarenus. The second vannal and the jugal are somewhat reduced. It seems likely that the subfamily represents a side branch in its development and not an intermediate stage in a main line of descent. However, it is certainly speculative whether the oxycarenines have arisen from an Artheneinae-like stock or from the Orsillines. Species examined: Crophius scabrosus (Uhler), Oxycarenus sp. (S. Africa). Subfamily GEOCORINAE The condition of the hind wines in members of this subfamily is most interesting. The wine venation (fig. 10) shows considerable specialization by reason of the loss of intervannals and the loss or reduction of the hamus. However, it is evident that the condition PROC. ENT. SOO, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 71 is less specialized than in such a group as the Cymini for the hamus stub is retained in many species of Geocoris (i.e. pallens and bullatus), Hypogeocoris, and Ninyas. It is, however, absent in Geocoris uligi- nosus Say and G. flaviceps Burm. Furthermore, although the inter- vannals are absent the vannal folds are in most cases separate for most. of their length. The genus Germalus has a completely developed hamus and basally fused intervannals. It seems doubtful whether this genus represents a true geocorine (note also the fully developed claval commissure), and the relationship appears to be largely with the henestarine stem. Species examined: Geocoris pallens Stal, G. bullatus (Say), G. uliginosus (Say), G. flaviceps Burm., Hypogeocoris piceus (Say), Ninyas deficiens (Leth.), Germalus samoanus China. Subfamily HETEROGASTRINAE This well defined subfamily possesses a unique feature in that the hamus, as discussed above, has migrated distally so that it reaches the posterior portion of the discal cell distad of the point where cubitus diverges from the discal cell as a free vein. This condition frequently creates a triangular cell in the anterior portion of the wing formed by the hamus, media, radius, and the point of fusion of radius and media (figs. 12 and 14). The intervannals are present and either separate (Heterogaster, Dinomachus, Hyginus) or basally fused (Tamasanka, Platyplax). It is evident that in general the wing is generalized with an in- dependent specialization of the hamus. The genus Artemidorus (fig. 12) has in the past been the subject of much debate as to its systematic position. Distant, Bergroth, and Horvath all have discussed the relationships. The hind wing indicates that the continental workers are correct in considering the genus as a heterogastrine. The wing though specialized by the loss of the inter- vannals nevertheless possesses the hamus in the same characteristic position as do the other members of the subfamily. Species examined : Heterogaster urticae (F.), Dinomachus marshalli Dist., Tamasanka limbata Dist., Platyplax salviae (Sehill.), Hyginus sp. (S. Africa), Artemidorus pressus Dist. Subfamily PACHYGRONTHINAE The hind wing is generalized. Both hamus and intervannals are present and fully developed. In all members of the tribe Pachygronthini investigated the inter- vannals are free throughout, whereas in all Teracrini (fig. 9) they are fused at the base. It appears that this distinction may well supple- ment other characters as a tribal character in the subfamily. As noted above we consider this subfamily to represent the general- ized condition from which the Heterogastrinae have evolved. Species examined: PAcHyGRroNTHINI—Oedancala dorsalis (Say), Pachygrontha bipunctata Stal, P. oedancalodes Stal, P. sailert Slater ; TERACRINI—Teracrius namaquensis Stal, Phlegyas abbreviatus (Uhl1.), PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH:, VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Opistholeptus pallidus (Hesse), Stenophyella macreta Horvy. | Subfamily HENESTARINAE The hind wing of this subfamily is rather generalized (fig. 27). However, there are subtle evidences of reduction present in the re- duced hamus and jugal and the basal fusion of the intervannals. It is apparent that this group and Germalus are closely allied; indeed the latter may well prove to be a henestarine. The highly specialized gveocorines may have developed from a stock very similar to that represented by this small subfamily. Species examined: Henestaris laticeps (Curt.) Subfamily ARTHENINAE The wing is somewhat generalized in that hamus and intervannals are present. However, evidences of specialization are the partial reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals, and reduc- tion of the posterior vannal (fig. 26). In some respects this subfamily appears to represent an inter- mediate stage between the generalized Ischnorhynchini and the highly modified Cymini. Here again supporting evidence is needed to ascer- tain whether this is more than a superficial resemblance. Species examined: Chilacis typhae Perr., Artheneis foveolata Spin. Subfamily CHAULIOPINAE The systematic position of this pecular subfamily is not substan- tially clarified by the condition of the hind wines. A degree of speciali- zation is evidenced by the loss of the intervannals and the fusion of the vannal fold (fig. 24). The hamus is present although apparently not completely developed. There is some habitus resemblance between this group and the Malcinae, and the venation of the latter could well represent a spe- clalization from that of the Chauliopinae. Again supporting evidence is needed. There is no evidence to support a Heterogastrine relation- ship as intimated by some authors. Indeed the characteristic nature of the hamus in that subfamily would seem to rule out the inclusion of this group as even representing a closely related group. Species examined: Chauliops fallax Scott. Subfamily MALCINAE The hind wing is highly specialized with loss of hamus and inter- vannals, fusion of the vannal fold, and reduction of the vannal veins (hone) The venation is almost exactly as in the Cymini and represents with this latter group the most strongly reduced situation found in the entire family. Whether these taxa are closely related or we are dealing with parallelism must await additional evidence. Our feeling is that probably parallel development has occurred. Species examined: Malcus flavidipes Stal. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957, =i ive Subfamily PAMPHANTINAE The affinities of this peculiar subfamily are obscure. The venation is specialized (fig. 23) with loss of hamus and intervannals and partial fusion of the vannal folds. Radius curves forward to reach the lead- ing edge of the wing in the distal area as in many myodochines. It may well be that these ant-mimics represent extremely specialized myodochine forms whose subfamily identity is masked by the fusion of the basal abdominal sternites. The nature of the wing in Blissus is also much as in this subfamily. The relationship of the Pamphantinae to the Mediterranean sub- family Bledionotinae should be investigated. Unfortunately represen- tatives of the latter subfamily have not been made available for study. Species examined: Pamphantus elegantulus Stal. Subfamily MEGALONOTINAE The hind wing has proven somewhat disappointine as a diagnostic character for subgroups within this large and varied subfamily. There is little to observe in the hind wings that will separate the genera into the traditional tribal units. This is chiefly due to the generalized wing venation found in most species. It seems obvious for many reasons that this subfamily has diverged from the remaining lygaeid subfamilies at an early period and that such specializations as do occur in the hind wings are independent variations of the maim megalonotine line, Tribe—MyopocHIn!: In many genera of this tribe radius beyond the discal cell curves forward to reach the leading edge of the wing (fig. 18). This occurs so frequently as to be a useful although not infallible diagnostic feature. Radius reaches the anterior wing margin in the following genera: Myodocha, Heraeus, Pachybrachius, Ligyrocoris, Paromius, Zeridoneus and Prosomaeus. In Exptochiomera, Ptochiomera, Kolene- trus, and Cnemodus, radius curves strongly forward but does not reach the wing margin. Many myodochines also have a rather characteristic vannal condi- tion where the two vannals are completely fused on the basal half and then curve strongly apart to assume a rather ‘‘wishbone’’ like appearance (fig. 18). This condition, however, is also found in some other genera within the subfamily. In Prosomaeus the intervannals are absent; otherwise they are present and usually separated. Species examined: Myodocha serripes (Oliv.), Heraeus plebejus Stal, Pachybrachius basalis (Dallas), Ligyrocoris diffusus Uhler, Exptochiomera sp., Paromius longulus (Dallas), Ptochiomera nodosa Say, Kolenetrus plenus (Dist.), Cnemodus mavortius (Say), Zeri- doneus costalis (V.D.), Prosomaeus brunneus Scott. 74 PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2) APRIL, 1957 Tribe MEGALONOTINI: The venation is usually of a generalized ature (fig. 17). However, in Megalonotus (fig. 21) the radius is vestigial beyond the discal cell. Ozophora (fig. 25) is highly specialized in lacking both hamus and intervannals. This is the greatest degree} of vein reduction found in the entire subfamily. Species examined: Peritrechus fraterpus Uhl., Megalonotus chira- grus var. californicus (V.D.), Ozophora picturata Uhl., Lamprodema maurum (F.), Neocattarus sp. Tribe BEOSINI: vannals are separate; in Rhyparoghromus (fig. 28) and Dieuches (fig. 20) they are fused basally. Species examined: Sphragts ficus nebulosus ea ), Rhyparo- chromus umbrosus (Dist. ) , Diguches near placidus (Stal). Wing venation of generalized ie In Sphragisticus the inter- Tribe LETHAEINI The wing venation as in most other Megalonotinae is generalized in nature. The intervannals are fused in Hremocoris (fig. 22) and Paragonatus, and separate throughout in the other genera studied. In Scolopostethus the intervannals appear rather obsolete. In Eremocoris there are peculiar veinlike stubs present on cubitus and media midway along their length in the distal portion of the wing. The vein stub of cubitus may conceivably represent the remnant of the antevannal vein so characteristic of the Pentatomoidea. Species examined: Cryphula parallelogramma Stal, Drymus unus (Say), Eremocoris ferus (Say), Lethaeus cribratissimus Dohrn, Para- gonatus divergens (Dist.), Scoloposteth us thomson’ Reut., Gastrodes grossipes (D.G.) Rhaptus qnadinanilte (Spin.). Tribe GONIANOTINI The species investigated in this tribe, Hmblethis vicarius Horvath, shows a completely generalized wine pattern throughout (fig. 19). Tribe CLERADINI The venation of this tribe (fig. 11) is rather specialized in lacking intervannals, having the vannal folds fused for a considerable distance and in having radius and media fused for a short distance beyond the discal cell. From this as well as other features it is evident that the tribe is a rather specialized unit within the subfamily. Species examined: Clerada apicicornis Sign. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 ~] O1 Phylogenetic Considerations —The generalized lygaeid wing, as dis- cussed above, is retained in several tribes and subfamilies. We find a typical condition in many Megalonotinae, |schnorhynchini, Orsillini, and Pachygronthinae. The first modification to appear is the basal fusion of the inter-intervannals, both free and basally fused inter- vannals being found in all of the above groups and sometimes within the same genus (i.e. Vysius). The next important modification after intervannal fusion is loss of the intervannals. This is frequently concurrent with reduction and subsequent loss of the hamus. However in the Lygaeini, Chauli- opinae, Cleradini, and Prosomaeus of the Myodochini, the intervan- nals are absent whereas the hamus is completely developed. The Lygaeini are also unique in retaining the basal portion of the sub- costa. In the Oxycareninae exactly the reverse situation is found, for here the intervannals are present whereas the hamus is lost. In all other cases, however, where the intervannals are absent the hamus is also either absent, or reduced to a short stub on the posterior portion of the discal cell. In the otherwise generalized Heterogastrinae the hamus has migrated toward the apex of the wing so that its posterior connection with the discal cell hes distad of the separation of cubitus from the diseal cell (figs. 12 and 14). The most specialized condition of the wings within the family is found in the Cymini (together with the genera related to Ninus) and the Maleinae. Here both intervannals and hamus are lost and the posterior vannal and jugal veins are reduced or absent. Our conclusions are that lines of descent within the family cannot be determined by the venation of the hind wings alone. However, the following discussion is an attempt to indicate probable trends and we hope it will be further elaborated in the near future by a study to integrate the information from various sources into a reconstruction of the phylogeny of the family. Using primarily the wing veins, but supplementing at times with additional characters, we present the following situation. Five main lines of descent which we will call the Pachygronthine line, the Orsilline line, the Geocorine line, the Ischnorhynchine line, and the Megalonotine line. Pachygronthine line.—The situation here is quite simple. We have first the completely generalized tribe Pachygronthini. The Teracrini are obviously closely related, the only basic difference being the basal fusion of the intervannals. From the generalized form the Hetero- gastrinae arise through Heterogaster, Dinomachus, and Hyginus to the shghtly more specialized condition of Tamasanka and Platyplaz. The most highly specialized condition of this line is in Artemidorus with the absence of intervannals and the distal shift of the hamus beyond the cubital origin on the discal cell. 76 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Orsilline line-—Generalized venation in this line is shown by such eenera as Nysius, Ortholomus, and Rhpodes. From this condition develop the more specialized orsillines where the intervannals are absent (i.e. Belonochilus, Orsillus). The Lygaeini by virtue of reten- tion of the subcosta and loss of the intervannals present an anomalous condition. It is difficult to interpret this condition until more study has been made of the relationships of the tribal units within the subfamily. Geocorine line.—A completely generalized form has not been found for this group. However the genus Germalus is generalized in all but the basal fusion of the intervannals and may be considered as repre- sentative of the generalized type (this is not to state that Germalus itself is necessarily primitive). From this condition a slight advance is evident to the Henestarinae where the hamus is reduced; there is basal fusion of the intervannals and the vannal fold is fused for a considerable distance. It may well be that the Blissinae are an off- shoot from a similar ancestor. The main line of descent however is to the Geocorinae through subsequent stages of reduction and ultimate loss of the hamus and the loss of the intervannals. Ischnorhynchine line.—This complex presents an interesting and complex situation, with the genera Kleidocerys, Rhiobia, and Poly- chisme illustrating generalized conditions. It seems possible that by independent loss of the hamus the Oxycareninae have diverged from this line. The main trend within the group is often indicated by a tendency toward loss of the posterior vannal. We find in the Arthenei- nae a partial reduction of the hamus, basal fusion of the intervannals, and partial posterior vannal reduction. It seems feasible to consider this as the next evolutionary step from the generalized Ischnorhyn- chim. It is possible that the line now diverged into two groups, one to the Chauhopinae and to the Malcinae, the other through such eymine genera as Ontiscus to the highly specialized Cymini and the ‘““nimine’’ gvenera. Megalonotine line.—This line has obviously diverged from the re- mainder of the Lygaeidae at a very early stage in their evolution. In general the whole group is generalized. The myodochines seem to show a slight specialization by virtue of the strong anterior curvature of radius in the distal portion of the wine. The genus Ozophora is also highly specialized. It is possible that the specialized Pamphanti- nae may well have arisen from a myodochine ancestry. Obviously there are a number of highly speculative interpretations in the above discussion. We propose to analyse interrelations within the family more fully in a later paper. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We should like to extend our sincere thanks to Dr. Norman T. Davis and Mr. P. D. Ashlock, of the Department of Zooloey and Entomology of the University of Connecticut, for aid given during the course of this study. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Metathoracic wings of Lygaeidae—Fig. 1,—Polychisme hyalinatus (Spinola) ; fig. 2,Ontiscus australicus Stl; fig. 3, Kleidocerys resedae (Panz.) fig. 4, Cymus discors Hory.; fig. 5, Maleus flavidipes Stal.; fig. 6, Nysius ericae (Schill.) ; fig. 7, Lygaeus kalmii Stal; fig. 8, Nysius californicus Stal. fig. 9, Teracrius nama- quensis Stl; fig. 10, Geocoris uliginosus (Say); fig. 11, Clerada apicicornis Sign. ; fig. 12, Artemidorus pressus Dist.; fig. 13, Crophius scabrosus (Uhl.); fig. 14, Heterogaster urticae (F.); fig. 15, Blissus leucopterus (Say); fig . 16, Ischnodemus falicus (Say). 78 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Metathoracie wings of Lygaeidae. 18, Pachybrachius basalis (Dall.); fig. 19, Emblethis vicarius Horv.; fig. 20, Dieuches nr. placidus Stal.; fig. 21, Megalonotus chiragraus var. californicus (V.D.); fig. 22, Hremocoris ferus (Say); fig. 23, Pamphantus elegantulus Stil; fig. 24, Chauliops fallaa Scott; fig. 25, Ozophora picturata Uhl.; fig. 26, Chilacis typhae Perr.; fig. 27, Henestaris laticeps (Curt.); fig. 28, Rhyparochromus wm brosus (Dist.). Fig. 17, Peritrechus fraternus Uhl.; fig. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 79 REFEREN CES Hoke, S. 1926. Preliminary paper on the wing-venation of the Hemiptera (Hete- roptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 19: 13-34. Leston, D. 1953a. Notes on the Ethiopian Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera): XVI. An acanthosomid from Angola, with remarks upon the status and morphology of Acanthosomidae Stal. Publ. Cult. Comp. Diam. Angola No. 16, pp. 121-132. , 1953b. ‘*Phloeidae’’ Dallas: Systematics and morphology with remarks on the phylogeny of ‘‘ Pentatomoidea’’ Leach and upon the position of ‘‘Serbana’’ Distant (Hemiptera). Rev. Brasil Biol. 13 (2) :121-140. Tanaka, T. 1926. Homologies of the wing veins of the Hemiptera. Annot. Zool. Jap. 11:33-54. Usinger, R. L. 1943. A _ revised classification of the Reduvioidea with a new subfamily from South America (Hemiptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 36:602- 618. THE SPIDER, CONOPISTHA TRIGONA HENTZ, FAMILY THERIDIIDAE, AS A COMMENSAL OF ALLEPIERA LEMNISCATA WALCKENAER, FAMILY ARGIOPIDAE, IN PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY, MARYLAND In the literature Conopistha trigona is recorded as a commensal spider. Muma (1945, Md. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. A-38) reported that this species is found most frequently in the webs of Metepeira laby- rinthea Hentz. Comstock (1948, The Spider Book) stated that it lives as a commensal, feeding on the smaller insects caught in the web but neglected by its host. During the course of regular observations on a basilica spider, Allepiera lemniscata, at Greenbelt, Md., from May to July 6, and from August 26 through October 1956, I observed Conopistha trigona as a frequent commensal of this basilica spider on June 20, 21, and 25; on August 30; and on September 23 and 25. On the last 5 days the commensal was in the dorsal or ventral labyrinth strands of the basilica spider’s web. On four occasions, the host was present in the web with the commensal, and on two other occasions the commensal was in a deserted web of the basilica spider. On August 30 the com- mensal was feeding beside its own cocoon, which it had fastened to a strand of the dorsal labyrinth of the web of its host. The latter was present in its normal waiting position under the center of the snare. On June 20 I recorded one specimen of Conopistha trigona under the center of the snare of a young basilica spider in the position normally occupied by the host. The basilica spider was above and near the perimeter of the snare on one of the strands of the dorsal labyrinth facing the intruding spider, which was the larger of the two.—Donaup LAmorE, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md. 80 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 SYSTEMATICS OF THE SUBORDER TUBULIFERA (THYSANOPTERA) IN CALIFORNIA, by H. Edwin Cott, Univ. California Pub., Entomology, 13:1-216, plates 1-4. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1956. $3.50. At long last here is an analysis of a portion of the thrips fauna of our con- tinent. Not since Hinds reported on the then known thrips in 1902 has an Ameri- can treatment of sizeable scope been published, Watson’s annotated list (Synop- sis) of 1924 notwithstanding. Cott’s work deals only with the suborder Tubulifera of California and is presented more as a local faunal survey than as a monograph. The knotty prob- lem of supergeneric categories and generic limits are mentioned, but no over-all solution is attempted, principally because the study does not take into consid- eration many of the critical species and related genera that occur outside California. In a fresh and candid style, Cott summarizes the morphological and biological features of the Tubulifera and points out how these characteristics may be used to best advantage. His classification is conservative in that it follows the system set up by Priesner in 1927. The genera and species are keyed with a modicum of the specialists’ jargon. What appear to be complete citations are listed under each category. Type species of the genera are indicated with mention of the way they were designated and who was responsible for their designation. Remarks on the status of the genus and the problems in need of further attention are included after each generic definition. The species are deseribed in detail. Although many characteristics of a ‘‘typical’’ specimen, arbitrarily selected by Cott, are fully measured down to the nearest micron, the range of variation exhibited by the species is not recorded, thereby minimizing the precise value of such measure- ments. Type localities, hosts so far as are known, specimens studied, and Cali- fornian and extralimital distributions are given and documented. In all, this work covers 29 genera embracing 60 species of which 12 are described as new. The genus Liothrips is reported to contain the largest number of species (9) in California. Even though Liothrips and Rhynchothrips are bridged by intermediates, Cott tentatively separates the two taxa by the characteristic of the length of the head compared with the length of the pronotum. Similarly, Haplothrips, the next largest genus treated (7 species) grades into Lepthothrips in most respects in California, but by the feature of the presence or absence of a tooth on each tarsi, Cott is able to maintain these 2 genera as units in his State at least. Acanthothrips and Hoplandrothrips ave regarded as subgenera of Phlaeothrips, and Stephanothrips and Trachythrips are placed in a separate family, the Urothripidae, following an old custom. The remaining genera treated contain 1 to several species each. Two species, Stictothrips maculatus and Neuro- thrips magnafemoralis, formerly supposed to be strictly eastern in distribution, are reported as members of the Californian fauna for the first time. Although limited geographically, Cott’s efforts clear a trail in the jungle of thrips taxonomy. His viewpoints and presentation will be appreciated by thy- sanopterists and by other interested entomologists. But most important, his work will serve as a sound guide to newcomers venturing into the study of one of the least known groups of insects, the T'ubulifera.—Lewis J. STANNARD, JR., Iilinois Natural History Survey, Urbana. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 8] A NEW RUGITERMES FROM BOLIVIA (TSOPTERA, KALOTERMIDAB) THOMAS E. SnypER, Washington, D. C. Twelve species of Rugitermes have been described, 11 from Middle and South America and 1 from the Marquesas, an aberrant species as to its wing venation. Many species are bicolored, the head being much darker than the pronotum. A new species found in the National Museum collection is described as follows: Rugitermes laticollis, n. sp. Winged female adult—Head dark castaneous-brown, smooth, shining, longer than broad, sides rounded, with scattered long and short hairs. Post-clypeus white tinged with yellow. Labrum light yellow-brown, with long hairs. Eye black, not round, projecting, separated from lateral margin of head by a distance slightly greater than the long diameter of the eye. Ocellus hyaline, suboval, at oblique angle to eye from which it is separated by a distance less than the short diameter of the ocellus. Antenna light yellow-brown, segments not all present, second segment slightly longer than third or fourth, which are subequal, with long hairs. Pronotum same color as head, broader than long, shallowly concave anteriorly and posteriorly, sides rounded, with scattered long hairs. Wings yellow-brown, coarsely punctate. In forewing, median vein soon (in first quarter) unites with radial sector; radial sector close to and parallel to with 5 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, parallel to radia! sector, with 16 branches to apex of wing. In hind wing median vein absent, radial sector with 4 branches to costal vein. Cubitus above middle of wing, with 16 branches to apex. Legs light yellow-brown, femora darker, with long hairs. Abdomen with tergites dark castaneous-brown, with dense long and short hairs. Measurements (in millimeters) : léenlethy ofsentires winged: temale adult, es Sees es esl Oo 0 Menothwotmentineydealateds temale saduiltisssseene me Bee Tae Oo) IGernganey Oe Ie Gio). whey Che Ie ohewbany))- cou eyes ee ee 1.80 Menethwota pronokumin(tomanberior i COrnmen) mses es 1.20 Wer ove O fe ORG Wyle tienes te Seeks geet wh abn eel ie) el Se ie ne GC OLOO VL yevay este) Vico Leta ay MP ayU pp ies yeas Mat Ue es Upsala Se etree Ce eS cen pe 1.10 IDWienaavertene wou. Cavey ((WKoralee oblenea (ewer) nee nD ii Pees 0.35 Wid chinoty heads (ateey.es)) ty: tu See Shere ee ee ee Se 1.50 Var Cine O MeO NO LUT ee eee nan etl a eh ee taste ie ae ee ee 1.80 Wadthisotehore wil ot puss ah twee eee Ls ieee RN eg ee Yess 2.2 Rugitermes laticollis is not bicolored; is smaller than arthwr-muel- leri (von Rosen) and costaricensis (Snyder) ; is darker colored than unicolor Snyder and rugosus (Hagen); the median vein unites with the radial sector sooner in occidentalis (Silvestri) and in rugosus (Hagen) ; the latter has a shorter wing. i) PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Type locality—tLa Paz, Bolivia. Described from 6 winged adults, 4 males and 2 females, collected at the type locality by R. Pérez Aleala, 1947. Types.—Holotype, winged female adult. U.S. National Museum. No. 63342; paratypes female and male winged adults deposited at same institution. A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE ON CERATOPOGON YEZOENSIS MATSUMURA (DIPTERA: HELEIDAR) Different years of publication and different orthographies have been used by various authors to refer to Ceratopogon yezoensis Matsumura 1911. Edwards [1939, In Edwards, Oldroyd, and Smart, British Blood-sucking Flies, p. 143], Vargas [1949, Rev. Soc. Mexicana Hist. Nat. 19 (1/4) : 203, 208], and Arnaud [1956, Microentomology 21 (3) : 116, 149] have followed Tokunaga [1937, Tenthredo 1 (3): 235] in accepting a 1915 paper by Matsumura as containing the original de- scription. The correct reference to this species given by Takahashi [1941, Insecta Matsumurana 15 (3): 84], attributing yezoensis lyesoensis of Edwards 1939, and Vargas 1949] to a publication by S. Matsumura (p. 60) entitled ‘‘Erster Beitrag zur Insekten-Fauna von Sachalin,’’ published in 1911 in The Journal of the College of Agriculture, Tohoku Imperial University, Sapporo, Japan 4:1-145 Plates I and II was overlooked by certain of these authors. The original description is provided below because of its general non- availability. £¢912. Ceratopogon yezoensis n. sp. ““Graulichbraun. Antennen und Palpen blassgelblich. Riickenschild grau, ohne langsstriemen, nahe Vorderrande jederseits mit einem Griibchen. Kopf schwarz, Rostrum braéunlich. Fliigel subhyalin, weisslich getriibt, dritte Langsader durch eine Querader mit der ersten nicht verbunden, Unterrand- zelle daher einfach, Randmal braunlich, vor und hinter diesem je mit einem undeutlichen weisslichen Fleckchen, Unterrandzelle die Mitte des Fliigels erreicht, dritter Liingsnerv weit hinter der Fliigelspitze miindend. Halters weisslich. Beine weisslichgelb, Schenkel an der Spitze etwas briiunlich. Abdo- men braunlich, unten etwas heller. “‘Lange: 1 mm. ‘*Pundort: Korsakoff, gesammelt in 3 Examplaren von Herrn Y. Ikuma (in der Sammlung von Herrn Y. Nawa). ‘*S. F.: Hokkaido (haufig). ““T., N.: Nukaka. “‘Der Farbung nach C, bicolor Pz. etwas iihnlich.’’—Paunt H. ARNAUD, JR., Entomology Research Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 83 A NEW SPECIES OF MITE, HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS, FROM THE NESTS OF THE DESERT WOOD RAT, NEOTOMA LEPIDA LEPIDA THOMAS! (ACARINA: DERMANYSSIDAE), DorALp M. ALLRED, Ecological Research, University of Utah, Dugway.* During a seasonal study of the parasitic mites associated with the nests of the desert wood rat Neotoma lepida lepida Thomas in Utah, Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found mites represent- ing a new species to be very abundant in the nests. These mites are described in this paper. The dimensions given for the sternal plate of the female refer to the shortest distances between two margins. Length and width figures for other plates refer to the greatest distance, exclusive of the very narrow projections such as the intercoxal pro- jections on the holoventral plate of the male. All measurements are given in microns. Acknowledgment is given to Dr. R. W. Strandtmann, Texas Tech- nological College, Lubbock, and Dr. E. W. Jameson, Jr., University of California, Davis, for checking some of the specimens. HIRSTIONYSSUS BISETOSUS, new species (FEMALE) (Figs. 5-10) Idiosoma.— 494 Jong, 306 wide. Gnathosoma.—Width near the base 93; length from tip of idiosoma to base of palpal trochanter 105. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 24 long, middle internal pair 19 long, middle external pair 9 long, distal pair 9 long. Length of palps from base of trochanter to tip 91. Chelicerae chelate, both digits of about equal length and without teeth. Digitus fixus slightly curved, with striated flange- like tip; a microseta at base of striation. Digitus mobilis slightly sinuous with a blunt point. Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae reaching to base of palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Sternal plate faintly reticulate, two and one-fourth times as wide as long at narrowest points (50 by 112) ; anterior edge slightly convex; concavity of posterior edge extending to a level about midway between the second and third sternal setae; anterior edge of plate more heavily sclerotized than central portion of plate; heavy sclerotization most evident between the first pair of sternal setae where it extends one-third the length of the plate; posterior edge of plate also more heavily sclerotized. Three pairs of sternal setae about equal in size, 38 long; distance between first pair of sternal setae equal to length of plate. Genitoventral plate broadly rounded posteriorly; with usual pair of setae opposite posterior edge coxae IV, and a pair of accessory setae near the tip of the plate; plate widest at point midway 1This work was supported by U. S. Army Chemical Corps contract, No. DA-18- 064-CML-2639, with the University of Utah. | 2Now with Department of Zoology and Entomology, Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah. 84 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 between usual setae and accessory setae; usual genitoventral setae 31 long; accessory setae 28 long. Anal plate long oval, slightly less than twice as long as wide (100 by 57); reticulate near lateral margins; anus in anterior half of plate; paired anal setae 24 long, situated slightly behind middle of anus; postanal seta 26 long, situated behind the anus by a distance equal to the length of the anus. Anal plate separated from the genitoventral plate by a distance less than the length of the anus; cribum with 4 rows of teeth. Unsclerotized portion of venter with approximately 31 pairs subequal setae 24 to 28 long; those along posterior margin barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV. Peritreme sinuous, extending to middle of coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than III and IV; leg I, 304 long; leg IJ, 247 long; leg III, 228 long; leg IV, '299 long. Coxa I with two regular setae. Coxa II with regular dorso-anterior spur and a small, sharply pointed accessory spur located below the distal edge of the segment and directed posteriorly. Coxa III with two small, sharply pointed acces- sory spurs situated near posterior edge of coxa, the internal spur situated directly internal to the marginal seta and directed posteriorly; the external spur situated on postero-distal edge of the coxa and directed at almost a right angle to the internal spur. Coxa IV without an accessory spur. Tarsus IT without clawlike spurs. Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering most of dorsum, extending almost to posterior tip of idiosoma; 480 long, 268 wide; widest part just posterior to coxae IV. Antero-lateral margins of plate sinuous; postero-lateral margins slightly convex. With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 12 long; second pair setae largest, 36 long; other setae on anterior half of plate longer (24 to 31) than posterior setae (19 to 21). Unselerotized portion of dorsum with approxi- mately 22 pairs nude setae, 21 to 26 long. MALE Chigss 34) 1-i3)) 387 long, 255 wide. Idiosoma. Gnathosoma.—Width 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of palpal tro- chanter 43. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, internal middle pair 14 long, external middle pair 7 long, distal pair 9 long. Palps 76 long from base of trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, without teeth; digitus fixus fingerlike, straight, slightly shorter than digitus mobilis, which is thicker, curved toward the trans- parent tip. Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending well past base of palpal trochanter. Presternal area reticulate. Holoventral plate faintly reticulate, widest anteriorly; 304 long, 117 wide; with usual 5 pairs setae plus anal setae and 3 pairs accessory setae; anterior 5 pairs setae 26 long; accessory setae 16 to 24 long; paired anal setae 19 long, situated opposite anterior half of anus; postanal setae equal in length to paired anal setae. Cribum with 2 rows teeth. Three pairs sternal pores present, indistinct. Unsclerotized portion venter with approximately 30 pairs subequal setae, 16 long; posterior marginal setae barbed. Stigma at level between coxae III and IV. Peritreme sinuous, extend- ing to middle half or coxa I. Legs I and II thicker than III and IV; leg I, 261 long; leg II, 214 long; leg III, 199 long; leg IV, 261 long. Coxae I, II, and III as in female; coxa IV with accessory spur on distal margin near pos- terior edge. Tarsus IT without clawlike spines. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 85 Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 1, Dorsal plate and peritremes of deuto nymph; fig. 2, sternal plate of deutonymph; fig. 3, holoventral plate of male; fig. 4, dorsal plate and peritreme of male; fig. 5, sternal and genitoventral plates of female; fig. 6, dorsal plate and peritreme of female. 86 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 Dorsum.—Dorsal plate reticulate, covering all of dorsum except lateral margins; 378 long, 208 wide; lateral margins almost straight. With 33 pairs nude setae; anterior pair smallest, 9 long; second pair longest, 28 long; other setae on anterior half of plate longer (16 to 21) than posterior setae (14 to 16) Wm sclerotized portion of dorsum with approximately 7 pairs nude setae, 16 to 19 long. DEUTONYMPH (Figs. 1, 2, 14-17) Idiosoma.—295 long, 185 wide. Gnathosoma.—Width at middle 76; length from tip of idiosoma to base of palpal trochanter 24. Hypostomal setae all nude; basal pair 19 long, middle internal pair 12 long, middle external pair 7 long, distal pair 7 long. Palps 69 long from base of trochanter. Chelicerae chelate, both digits almost straight, fingerlike, about equal in length and lacking teeth. Venter.—Base of tritosternum grooved ventrally; lacinae extending past base of palpal trochanter, Sternal plate extending from base of tritosternum to a point slightly posterior to coxae IV; anterior edge of plate distinctly reticulate, 165 long, 69 wide; widest part opposite coxae II]; with 4 pairs setae; first and 14 16 Hirstionyssus bisetosus, n. sp. Fig. 7, Anal plate of female; fig. 8, left coxa Il of female; fig. 9, right coxa III of female; fig. 10, right chela of female (ventral view); fig. 11, left chela of male (ventral view); fig. 12, left coxa IIL of male; fig. 13, left coxa IV of male; fig. 14, chela of deutonymph; fig. 15, anal plate of deutonymph; fig. 16, right coxa II of deutonymph; fig. 17, right coxa III of deutonymph. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 87 second pairs 31 long; third pair 28 long; fourth pair 21 long. Three pairs sternal pores; first pair situated behind first sternal setae about 12 microns from lateral edge of plate, second pair on edge of plate directly posterior to second setae, third pair on edge of plate midway between third and fourth setae. Anal plate pyriform, with anterior edge rounded; 52 long, 28 wide; anal opening situated slightly anterior of middle of plate; paired anal setae 19 long, situated opposite middle of anus; postanal seta equal in size to paired anal setae. Unsclero- tized portion of venter with approximately 38 pairs nude setae, 21 to 24 long. Stigma at level of coxae III and IV; Peritreme sinuous, extending to about middle of coxa II. Legs I and II slightly thicker than III and IV; leg I, 228 long; leg II, 190 long; leg III, 185 long, leg IV, 228 long. Coxa I with 2 regular setae. Coxa II with single accessory spur as in female. Coxa III with only the internal accessory spur present. Coxa IV without an accessory spur. Tarsus II without clawlike spines. Dorsum.—Dorsal plate faintly reticulate, long oval in shape, covering all of dorsum except lateral margins; 283 long; 139 wide at level of coxae IT and III. With 26 pairs nude setae; anterior pair setae smallest, 9 long; posterior pair longest, 33 long; setae on anterior part of plate longer (24 to 28) than setae on posterior part of plate (16 to 21). Unsclerotized portion of dorsum with approximately 15 pairs nude setae, 19 to 28 long. COLLECTION AND DISPOSITION Holotype—FKFemale, in collection of the U. 8S. National Museum, No. 2227, collected from a nest of desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida. lepida Thomas, 2 miles southeast of White Rock, south end of Cedar Moun- tains, Tooele County, Utah, July 22, 1954, by Dorald M. Allred and Stanley Mulaik. Allotype.—Male, in collection of U.S. National Museum, collected from the same kind of nest and same locality as holotype, June 24, 1954, by Ernest J. Roscoe. Paratypes.—30 females, 17 males, and 13 deutonymphs collected from same kind of nests in same locality as holotype and allotype, during various times from April to August and in November, 1954. An additional 912 females, 257 males, and 319 deutonymphs not desig- nated as paratypes were collected in the same habitat as the types between April 1954 and April 1955. Deposited in the collections of Dorald M. Allred, R. W. Strandtmann, E. W. Jameson, Jr., Harvey B. Morlan, R. B. Eads, F. da Fonseca, University of Utah Entomo- logical Museum, U. S. National Museum, British Museum of Natural History, and National Museum of Natural History of Paris. DISCUSSION Fonseca (1948 :263), among other characters, used the number of setae of the genital plate in females to separate the genera of Macro- nyssidae Oudemans, 1936 (synonym: Dermanyssidae Kolenati, 1859 ; Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931). In his key (p. 273), he used the characters of one and three pairs of setae on the genital plate to sepa- 88 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 rate females of the genus Hirstesia from those of Lepronyssoides, and females of Liponysealla from those of five other genera, including Hirstionyssus. Hirstionyssus falls in the group possessing only one pair of genital setae. In his species diagnoses (p. 265-266), Echino- nyssus was the only genus possessing two pairs of genital setae. In no case did the numbers of genital setae vary within the genus. With this as a basis, there seems to be sufficient justification to create a new genus for Hirstionyssus bisetosus. However, in H. bisetosus the other generic characters are so similar to other species of the genus Hir- stionyssus that the author does not deem it wise to erect a new genus until the genera of this family can be more thoroughly studied. <Ac- cording to Jameson (correspondence), in many of the Hirstionyssus there is a second pair of setae just off the genitoventral plate. A slight expansion of the posterior part of this plate often results in these two setae beine within its lateral margins. Strandtmann and Morlan (1953) state that this situation exists in H. breviseta. In H. bisetosus, the extra pair of setae apparently got too close and was completely enclosed by the plate. The presence of the extra pair of setae on the genitoventral plate separates bisetosus from all other species of the genus Hirstionyssus. In many respects, Disetosus is similar to four other species (obsoletus, isabellinus, breviseta, and neotomae), but differs as follows: In Jame- son’s (1950:163) key to the females of North American Neowchoronys- sus (synonym, Hirstionyssus Fonseca 1948), bisetosus runs to obso- letus, but differs from that species by having a smaller dorsal plate of different shape, spurs on coxae IT and III that are pointed, a shorter sternal plate, and almost twice as many ventral setae. In the key by Strandtmann and Morlan (1953:630), bisetosus runs to isabellinus from which it differs by the absence of a thickened margin on the anal plate and posterior thickened margin of the genitoventral plate; the sternal plate of bisetosus is shorter than in isabellinus. However, in bisetosus the anterior and posterior margins of the sternal plate are thickened. This species resembles breviseta, but differs from it by having two spurs on coxa IT, lacking a spur on coxa IV, having almost twice as many setae on the venter, and possessing a slightly shorter sternal plate. The new species, bisetosus, differs from neotomae by lacking a spur on coxa IV, having a slightly shorter sternal plate, and possessing more setae on the unsclerotized portions of the venter and dorsum. Allred and Roscoe (unpublished manuscript) found bisetosus to be the second most abundant parasitic mite in the nests of the desert wood rat, in which nests it was found each month of the year (Fig. 18). The ratio of males to females over a period of a year was 1:3.4. Gravid females, each with one egg, were found in May, July, and August. There is little doubt that this species is a nest-dwelling form, getting onto a host only to feed. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 89 Fig. 18. Average numbers of Hirstionyssus bisetosus found in each of 160 nests of the desert wood rat, Neotoma lepida lepida, from April 15, 1954, to April 14, 1955. REFERENCES Fonseca, F. da. 1948. A monograph of the genera and species of Macronyssidae Oudemans, 1936 (synon.; Liponissidae Vitzthum, 1931) (Acari). Proce. Zool. Soe. 118(2) :249-334. Jameson, E. W., Jr. 1950. Notes on mites of the genus Neoichoronyssus, with the description of a new subgenus and three new species of the subgenus Hirstionyssus. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 52 (4) :161-172. Strandtmann, R. W., and H. B. Morlan. 1953. A new species of Hirstionyssus and a key to the known species of the world. Texas Rpt. Biol. Med., 11 (4) :627-637. Short scientific articles, not illustrated, two double-spaced type- written pages or less in length, are welcome and will usually receive prompt publication. References to literature should be included in the text. 90 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 THE DATE OF PUBLICATION OF BEZZI’S STUDIES IN PHILIPPINE DIPTERA, II Mario Bezzi’s second ‘‘century’’ of Diptera collected by C. F. Baker in the Philippine Islands, generally cited as published in the Philippine Journal of Science, (D) 12 (38): 107-161, pl. 1 (May, 1917), seems to have actually been published on November 15, 1916, in another printing with different pagination. I possess a copy with the same text as the 1917 publication, with the following information on page 2: Department of the Interior, Bureau of Science, Manila. Publication No. 10. Actual date of publication November 15, 1916. It is paged 1-59 plus Plate 1. The plate is headed ‘‘Bureau of Science Publication No. 10.’’ The page numbers with the species numbers, ete., appearing thereupon are as follows: P. 7: title, ete.; p. 8: nos. 101-104; p. 9: key to Pselliophora, no. 105; p. 10: nos. 106-107; p. 11: nos. 108-110; p. 12: no. 111, key to Hriocera; p. 13: nos. IDO T14'- 4p. 14: nos. 115-119); p. 15: no: 120, key to Lubnotes, p.. 16. nosh tet 124+ p. 17: nos. 125-127; p. 18: gen. Schizella nov.; p. 19: no. 1285 p. 20 ssn0s: 129-130)" p. Qils mos) 131-133* p. 22; no. 134; p. 23: mos. 135-137. 2a Moss 138-144; p. 26: nos. 145-147; p. 27: nos. 148-149; p. 28: nos. 150-157; p. 29: nos. 158-163; p. 30: nos. 164-168; p. 31: no. 169, gen. Tylopterna nov.; p. 32: no. 170s) p.wsss nose h7l-173)) p. 353 nos. M4755) p. S6% mos. VAG ie amonne no. 178; p. 88: no. 179; p. 39: nos. 180-183; p. 41: key to Pterogenia, no. 184; p: 43: no. 185; p. 44: no. 186; p. 45: no. 187: p. 46: no. 188; p. 48: no. 189; p. 49: key to Euprosopia, no. 190; p. 51: no. 191; p. 52: no. 192; p. 53: no. 193; p. 54: nos. 194-195; p. 55: nos. 196-197; p. 57: no. 198; p. 59: nos. 199-200.—GEORGE C. STEYSKAL, Grosse Ile, Michigan. SOCIETY MEETING The 658th regular meeting of the Society was called to order by President R. A. St. George at 8 p.m., December 6, 1956, in room 43 of the U. S. National Museum. There were 32 members and 10 visitors present. The minutes of the preceding meeting were read, corrected, and approved. The following new members were elected: Robert L. Wallis, Truck Crop and Garden Insects Section, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, Md.; Donald H. Lamore, 2C Gardenway, Greenbelt, Md.; and Dr. Oswaldo Paulo Forattini, Faculdade de Higiene e Saude Publica, Universidade de Sao Paulo, Avenida Dr. Arnadlo, 715, Sao Paulo, S. P., Brazil, Caixa Postal 8099. President St. George gave the summary report on the state of the Society. He remarked that the Society has three honorary mmbers (see names on inside front cover—Ed.), and acknowledged the presence of Honorary Presi- dent R. E. Snodgrass. In the absence of other nominations, members on the slate presented by the nominating committee were elected officers for 1957 by acclamation. (Officers listed on inside front cover—Ed.) President St. George congratulated the new President, F. L. Campbell. It was voted to replace Article II, Section 3 of Article TII, and Article VI of the Constitution with the following: PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 9] ARTICLE II. The objects of the Society shall be to promote the study of entomology in all its bearings; to publish a periodical to be known as the Proceedings of the Ento- mological Society of Washington, which shall contain the proceedings of the Society and such papers as are accepted for publication in it; to publish a series of Memoirs, and a miscellaneous series of handbooks or other special publications ; and to cultivate mutually advantageous relations among those in any way inter- ested in entomology. To further these objectives dues shall be collected from the members. ARTICLE III, Section 3. Each member shall be entitled to one copy of each issue of the ‘‘ Proceedings’’ and shall be privileged to vote on all questions. Members shall be given prefer- ence over non-members in the publication of manuscripts. ARTICLE VI. The Society shall maintain a separate fund to be known as the Special Publi- cation Fund. At the discretion of the Executive Committee, any unrestricted portion of the Special Publication Fund may be used for publishing memoirs, handbooks, or other special publications. In any one year, a sum not exceeding the previous five years’ income from interest on the Special Publication Fund monies may be taken from this Fund and applied toward the publication of the Proceedings; such sum to be returned to the Special Publication Fund at the diseretion of the Executive Committee. The Special Publication Fund will be derived from bequests and gifts, from the sale of complete sets of the Proceed- ings of the Entomological Society of Washington, from the sale of memoirs, handbooks, or other special publications, from the fees of life and sustaining members, and from the sum of fifty cents from the annual dues of each member. F. L. Campbell reviewed the ‘‘Handbook of Biological Data,’’ edited by William S. Spector, and exhibited both this and volume 1, ‘‘ Acute Toxicities,’’ of the 5-volume ‘‘Handbook of Toxicology,’’ a companion book prepared by the same editor. Max Day told about the ecology of the adult Bogong moth, Agrotis infusa (Boisduval), Phalaenidae (Noctuidae of authors), describing recent work by Mr. I. F. B. Common, of the Division of Entomology, Commonwealth Scientific & Industrial Research Organization, Canberra, Australia. The moths occur in large assemblages in granite caves at altitudes above about 4,500 feet in the Australian Alps, where the Australian Aborigines formerly feasted on them. The fat content of the moths averages more than 50 percent of their dry weight. They rest on the walls of the caves, about 1,500 per square foot. Moths of the spring generation migrate to the mountains and in late summer they migrate back to the breeding grounds, which are pastures covering wide areas of New South Wales. A small proportion of the aestivating moths become intensely active for about an hour after sunset and before sunrise, when they indulge in random flight over the mountain tops. During aestivation the moths neither feed nor mate, although they do ingest moisture from rain or dew. The migration and aestivation enables part of the adult population to avoid 92 PROC. ENT. SOC..WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1997 the breeding grounds during the summer when pastures are dominated by unpal- atable perennial grasses. [Author’s abstract. ] A note on ‘‘Subterranean Termites and Ships’’ was given by T. KE. Snyder. In 1927 a coal barge was found to be infested by subterranean termites in the harbor at Honolulu, Hawaii. Much moisture was present and some dirt was lodged along the bottom. Probably the infestation by this introduced oriental termite, Coptotermes formosamus Shiraki, was by winged adults. Such a vessel would be a source of danger at ports of eall. This same destructive termite has established itself in the woodwork of steam- ships plyimg between Hawaii and California. So far Federal inspectors have intercepted and prevented its introduction to the mainland. In July 1956 another destructive subterranean termite, Coptotermes crassus Snyder, was found damaging the woodwork of a large floating dry dock at Houston, Tex. This termite occurs in Spanish Honduras, Guatemala, and West Mexico (Lower California). It is larger than the native subterranean species of Reticulitermes, and the soldier has a short tube in the front of the more oval head from which a white liquid is ejected. As soon as Dr. Snyder identified the termite, Federal inspectors surveyed along the waterfront to determine whether this tropical termite had become established in buildings on shore. (Winged adults from a large colony could fly from the dock and infest woodwork on shore.) Surveys made in August showed no infestation in waterfront structures. Evidently the dock became infested from ships from tropical ports. Owners of the dock have attempted to eradicate the termites. In August 1956 another dry doek at New Orleans, La., was found to be infested by the native subterranean termite Reticulitermes flavipes (Kol.). [Author’s abstract. | President St. George recalled similar instances, one of an infestation of termites in a houseboat anchored above Key Bridge and another in the oak beams of a church steeple four stories above the ground. Paul Arnaud exhibited a Japanese delicacy, a can of ‘‘child hornets’’—the larvae, pupae, and océasional adults of Vespula lewisi Smith—which are served on rice, principally in central Japan. The ean was a product of Nagano Prefecture. A. B. Gurney discussed the growing trend, especially among entomologists working in applied fields, toward using the word ‘‘roach’’ instead of ‘‘cock- roach.’’ In the current Common Name List certain species are called cockroaches, others roaches, a somewhat distressing lack of uniformity. Dr. Gurney explained the origin of cockroach from the Spanish cucaracha, and cited support for the view that the abbreviated ‘‘roach’’ is etymologically incorrect and loose English. Furthermore, various species of fish, as well as one or more groups of fish, have the common name of roach. Some confusion has occurred in abstracting journals because of uncertainty whether ‘‘roach’’ referred to fish or to cockroaches. Nevertheless, the trend continues and it is desirable that entomologists under- stand the situation and act to promote uniformity and avoid confusion. [ Author’s abstract. | Honorary President Snodgrass commented that he was in favor of doing away with the name ‘‘roaches’’ for insects, as, in behalf of his son-in-law Roach, he preferred that the name bring to mind the popular fish rather than the unpopular insect. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 93 The principal paper of the evening was an illustrated lecture on the ‘‘ Mating Behavior in Australian Dragonflies,’’ by Mr. A. F. L. O’Farrell. Field observations, mainly from the New England Tableland area of New South Wales, suggest that in several species of Australian Odonata the behavior and pattern of distribution of adult individuals of differmg age and sex tends to be rather characteristic for a given species and habitat. The diverse phenomena observed seem to have a similar end-result, ensuring ready discovery of a mate and of a suitable oviposition site while retaining for the species the ability to colonize and exploit new habitats arising as the result of flooding, dam con- struction, stream diversion, and so forth. Patterns vary from the apparently indiscriminate aggregations of individuals of all ages and both sexes, seen in the primitive damselfly Synlestes weyersi weyersi Selys, to the seemingly highly organized male territorial systems of the rather specialized dragonfly Tramea loewii tillyardi Lieftinck. An adequate study will be possible only when a satisfactory field marking technique is available for each species. Disturbance of the normal behavior pattern by any procedure involving capture and release is a major problem here. [Author’s abstract. ] Mr. O’Farrell’s slides showed the variety of dragonfly habitats in Australia. Visitors introduced were Dr. Nicholaus Obraztsov, of the American Museum of Natural History; Dr. Harvey I. Seudder, of the Public Health Service, and Dr. C. D. Michener, of the University of Kansas. The meeting adjourned at 9:50 p.m.—KeLuir O’NeEtLL, Recording Secretary. Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 1, was Mareh 15, 1957. NEW AMMUNITION? Search for improved insecticides and fumigants gets high priority at Dramonp’s enlarged Research Center. Increasing sales of our own products give evidence of this interest. We welcome requests for cooperation on research and development projects. DIAMOND ALKALI COMPANY Cleveland 14, Ohio 94 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 A Cyanamid Report Resistance Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type insecticides has been proven or suspected in: cockroaches house flies mosquitoes flea beetles Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil dog and cat fleas body lice bed bugs lygus bugs codling moth cotton leaf worm leafhoppers dog ticks Many researchers have found malathion to be a capable replacement for the chlorinated hydrocarbons and have made recommendations for its use. If you have a “‘resistance’’ problem in your area, you might well consider malathion for your 1957 research schedule. Developers and producers of malathion and parathion Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY particular Agricultural Chemicals Division technical Insecticide Research information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y: 20, N. Ye PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 95 Cat) 3 GREAT INSECTICIDES CONTROL THESE INSECTS CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, Wireworms...and many others. HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western Harvester Ant, White Fringed. Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms ...and many others. ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. Beer eRe eSsr ENE ie (Al toh VES) 2 PON Pi Ro NI Cr Br vASe Chil oiicl sees 96 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 2, APRIL, 1957 l5 Pyrenone’ HELPS TO PRESERVE PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL Pe one quickly kills destructive, annoy- ing and disease-carrying insects. In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective for long periods of time. In fact, a szvgle application of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- tacks for an entire storage season. On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible stages of insects fast — even between showers of rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly emerging parasites and predators are free to com- plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize or feed upon destructive insect pests. This means that Pyrenone is completely com- patible with the natural control of crop-destroying insects. *Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C. FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. rt ae iy White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times, WHEN PESTS SEE eye-to-eye Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de- structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season. Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . . . to develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a minimum, That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides. Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos- drin* insecticides; D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail- able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in chemistry today. A *Shell Chemical Trademark SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION Agricultural Chemical Sales Division 460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York i) QUALITY INSECTICIDES ‘Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen QUICK ACTION. GULFSPRAY (Liquid) “AS ‘space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many = kinds of flying and crawling insects..Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrifts, 0. 127% Piperony| Butoxide,. and ee 272 Methoxychlor. GOLFSPRAY “AEROSOL BOMB * Gulf’s carefully researched formula ganar 2 quick knock- down “action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperony! Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. aes GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 37 Agee GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- «x val, insecticides :for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains - 40. 08% Pauens and 2% Chlordane. - SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY . + Long:proven formula with: effective insect-killing power and repellent properties. Gontains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperony! Butoxide. +GULF OIL CORPORATION “GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. Men oe ee ie ore JUNE 1957 No. 3 PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SUCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY CONTENTS FULLAWAY, D. T.—A New Reared Opius from Africa (Hymen- EVORDERD LES EUG 2) ye ae eee oe ee 98 GALINDO, P.—On the Validity of Haemagogus spegazzinii Falco Kumm et af, 1946 (Diptera: Culicidae)... = 121 SELANDER, R. B.—Descriptions and Records of North American Meloidae. I. (Coleoptera) _..___---_-_= pee buever eek Ty ON Pe 135 SHENEFELT, R. D., and MUESEBECK, C. F. W.—Ashmead’s Meteoridea (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) _.______________-_ = 129 SOMMERMAN, K. M.—Three New Species of Liposcelis (= Troctes) Demeester VT rit PeSsie | i Ee 125 TOWNES, H.—A Review of the Generic Names Proposed for Old World Ichneumonids, the Types of whose Genotypes are in Japan, Formosa, or North America (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 100 WERNER, F. G.—A New Species of Epicauta from the Gulf Coast GoLexas (Coleoptera, sleloidae), 2 a5 394 CIS US RS TEEN Z2 CF SAY AU SU AE 124 oe) : es i ‘ ‘ae «+ hes et ae 1 : ie \ aa aa j 7) |) THE bi i OF WASHINGTON OrcANizeD Marcu 12, 1884 AG a h Regular meetings of the Society are held in naa 43 of the Uv. AS Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to Nn une, 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceeding ' MEMBERSHIP Vane Mambers shall oe persons over ‘18 years of age who have an inte est i science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4. One #1. 00 (U. S. currency). OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957 Second Vice President. so 2 Conk DOL al ee Ree i “Recording Secretary. ee Ee Pe 2 a Corresponding ‘Secretary pesos es Se a a ee eS a as ae ree ) Editor i PAs Ook Mr Walco A Sis Ae ene ‘ i j ia al i ; Custodian se esta SS AUN Me ke a tes EL i , i Program Chairman... i es . _ Executive iConmmittect st 2) wes A. B. GURNEY, T. L, Bisset Ly oa SEE to represent the petro as Vice President of th Ww at of (SOWIE, ‘Honorary Members a il Sarin Ls s\ ek at a ; “The Gorcaranine Secretary, Editor, Custodian, ‘dressed as follows: | Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS U. Ss. Department. of Agriculture . Washington 25, D. C. Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor Wh, : -Stored- Product Insects Section, AMS 1 ee aL S. Department of Agriculture of . ey ep lant Industry Station | Beltsville, Ma. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON VOL. 59 JUNE 1957 NO. CO A NEW SPECIES OF EPICAUTA FROM THE GULF COAST OF TEXAS (COLEOPTERA, MELOIDAR) FLoyp G. WERNER, Department of Entomology,) University of Arizona, Tucson. The first specimen of the new species described here has been in the Cornell collection for some time and was examined during previous studies. However, it is a specimen lacking most of the segments of the antennae and is otherwise in poor condition. There was some doubt that the color was normal. Three additional specimens, from nearby localities, show that the Cornell specimen is normal in color and that it represents an undescribed species. Epicauta ennsi sp. n. Black, densely clothed with rufous pubescence, except for yellowish cinereous pubescence narrowly at the suture and on a median line on each elytron. General appearance similar to that of a well-marked specimen of EF. strigosa (GyllL.), except for the very different color of the pubescence. Holotype male: Length 9 mm. with head deflexed; maximum width of elytra 3.3 mm. Head subtriangular, widest just behind the eyes, 2.01 mm.; the width across the moderately protuberant eyes is the same. Length to base of clypeus 1.64 mm. Surface densely and finely punctured and densely decumbent-pubescent. The setae on the back of the head are longer, more erect, and paler than the rest. Median impressed line fine and indistinct and antennal calluses not evident. Clypeus separated from the front by a deep suture. It, and the labrum especially, have sparser and longer pubescence than the front. The eyes are moderately narrow, 0.93 x 0.61 mm., excavated, and separated across the front by 1.32 mm. Palpi normal, with sparse black pubescence. Antennae 3.7 mm. long, reaching to about the basal sixth of the elytra, about 2.2 times as long as an anterior tibia. They are of almost uniform thickness. Except for a few pale setae on segments I to III, they are entirely black. Segment I reaches half-way across the eye and is moderately stout; segments IV to X are truncate at the apex, V to X slightly obliquely so. Segment XI is almost uniform in width, rounded at apex. Measure- ments (Length/Width, to a total length of 1,000 units, from base to apex): 151/60, 65/48, 139/55, 79/55, 76/59, 76/60, 76/59, 76/59, 76/55, 69/55, 117/55. Pronotum subquadrate, 1.98 mm. long, 1.85 mm. wide. Basal impressed line dis- 1Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station Teehnical Paper No, 401. 98 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 tinct; median impressed line absent. The dise is slightly elevated just behind the middle and a moderately deep impression extends from the elevation to the basal impressed line, flanked by distinet but shallow lateral impressions. Anteriorly from the elevation there extends a feeble median impression. Surface and pu- bescence as on head. There is some pale pubescence across the very base and apex; in addition there is a pale suffusion on the sides of the dise before the middle; the paler markings on the pronotum are not evident without magnification. Scutel- lum rufous-pubescent. Elytra almost parallel, 7.31 mm. long, 2.6 mm. wide across the humeri and ea. 3.3 mm. at their widest. Surface and pubescence almost as on pronotum and head. Suture narrowly elevated and pale-pubescent. A pale-pubes- cent line about 0.25 mm. wide extends from the humeri to about 0.8 mm. from the apex of each elytron. A narrow but distinct eostula is present on each elytron parallel to the suture and midway between suture and pale line. Sides of elytra, as well as sides of pronotum, obscurely paler pubescent. Ground color of elytra uniformly dark, not lighter under the stripes. Underside of body with sparser and longer pubescence than above, the surface clearly visible; pubescence uniformly rufous except for some black toward the apex of the tarsi. Legs moderately stout, entirely black in ground color. Anterior tibial spurs two, spiniform, the imner longer; inner posterior tibial spur slender, tapered-sticklike, the outer about twice as broad, slightly expanded apically. The size of the three paratypes is almost exactly the same as in the holotype. In one mate and the female paratype the pronotum has a pair of small pits in the postero-lateral impressions. A feeble indication of these pits is present in the other paratype and in the holotype. The color of the two male paratypes is almost the same as in the holotype, except that one of them has the elytral vittae slightly narrower. The female paratype is not so brilliantly colored and the last ventral abdominal segment appears to have entirely black pubescenee. Holotype—Male: 10m. N. of Rockport (Aransas Co.), Texas, IV-18- 1952, Michener, Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors. Deposited in the Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas. Para- types, two males: Riviera (Kleberg Co.), Texas, [V-17-1952, Michener, Beamers, Wille, and LaBerge collectors; one in the Snow Entomo- logical Museum, and one in the collection of the author; one female : Kingsville (Kleberg Co.), Texas, C. T. Reed Coll., in the collections of Cornell University. All three localities are near Corpus Christi. This species is named in honor of Dr. Wilbur R. Enns. who recog- nized that the holotype could not be assigned to any described species. In my 1945 key to the species of Hpicauta, ennsi runs to couplet 24 but is distinct in having the pubescence mainly rufous over the whole body. It is unlike any described species from Mexico or Central America. It belongs to group BB, subgenus Hpicauta, and appears to be most closely related to H. strigosa. A NEW REARED OPIUS FROM AFRICA (HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAR) by D. T. FuLtuAway, Honolulu, Hawaii. The following new species was included in a enllection of Opies reared from various fruit flies in Africa by J. M. McGough. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 99 Opius ottotomoanus, new species ‘ we Female—Length 4 mm.; ovipositor 4 mm. Head and thorax shiniig black; abdomen bright fulvous; antennae, sheaths of the ovipositor, hind tibiae, and tarsi black or blackish; palpi and tegulae pale yellow; mandibles except at tips, front, middle, and hind legs except tibiae and tarsi, bright fulvous, wings hyaline, stigma and veins black or blackish. Body, including abdomen, with sparse pale hairs and sparsely punctate, especially on face. Head broader than thorax and twice as wide as thick, broad behind the eyes; ocelli disposed in the form of an isosceles triangle in the middle of the fronto- vertex, a tight group set in a shallow basin, the individual members almost touching; ocellocular line twice length of base of triangle; vertex in front of ocelli transversely striate on either side of a smooth, depressed area; eyes short oval; face convex, wider than high, antennae inserted at upper margin and rather widely separated, the scrobes as far apart as distance to eyes, a short median carina below; clypeus somewhat tectiform, the anterior margin angulate; malar space twice the width of base of mandible; gena even wider and strongly margined; antennae 39-segmented, scape and pedicel rather short and_ thick, flagellar segments all longer than wide, the proximal ones four to five times longer than wide, segmental length decreasing distally; palpi, particularly the maxillary, slender, elongate. Pronotum not visible from above, pleurum with a crenulated groove on posterior margin; mesonotum convex and with foveolated parapsidal grooves extending diagonally from anterior lateral angles caudally, converging before apical margin, forming median and lateral lobes, the former rather prominent, the latter with foveolated lateral margins; mesopleurum crossed by vertical and _ horizontal crenulated sulci; scutellum convex; preseutellar sulcus divided by costae into four pits; metanotum with a narrow costate groove between anterior and posterior carinated margins on either side of a median longitudinal carina; propodeum convex, coarsely rugose (reticulate areolate), especially at sides, and with a short median longitudinal carina anteriorly, spiracle minute, circular. Abdomen elongate oval; first tergite ligulate, considerably wider apically than basally, the median plate aciculate; succeeding segments weakly separated. Legs fairly stout. Wings long and rather narrow, three to four times as long as wide, faintly cloudy; stigma lanceolate, three to four times as long as wide, radius emitted from its middle; first abscissa of radius more than half stigma width; second abscissa twice length of first but shorter than first cubital cross- vein, which is interstitial with recurrent vein; second cubital cell wider than high but hardly twice as wide; nervulus postfureal; nervus parallelus joining medial below the middle; postnervellus present. Male.—Similar to female except for sexual differences and the apical segments of the abdomen black or blackish. Described from eight female and two male specimens (type, allotype, and para- types) reared from a species of Dacus infesting cultivated gourds in the Ottotomo Forest Reserve in the French Cameroons (West Africa), November 1, 1951, by J.M. McGough. One specimen labeled as from cucurbits, Cameroons, May 21, 1951, J. M. McGough, appears to be the same. This species is closest to Bridwell’s desideratus or Szepligeti’s caudatus, but is readily distinguishable by the black hind tibiae and tarsi. 100 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 A REVIEW OF THE GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED FOR OLD WORLD ICHNEUMONIDS, THE TYPES OF WHOSE GENOTYPES ARE IN JAPAN, FORMOSA, OR NORTH AMERICA (HYMENOPTERA, [CHNEUMONIDAEP) HENRY TOWNES, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan It has recently been possible to study the types of the ichneumonid genotypes that are in various collections in Japan, Formosa, and North America. In certain papers, particularly in the Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog (1951. U. 8. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 184-409), there has been an opportunity to re- view the status of the generic names applicable to the Nearctic Fauna, so far as was possible at those times. The present paper reviews the generic names proposed for Old World species, the types of whose genotypes have been studied to date. Other authors, particularly Uchida, Heinrich, and Cushman, have already reviewed the status of many of the generic names treated herein, and many of those proposed by Uchida and Cushman were adequately described and figured to begin with. There has remained, however, a large number which are enigmas as far as the literature is concerned, and it has seemed desirable to try to clarify these and to bring together all the names in one list for easy reference, with con- firmations of previous dispositions, further information or corrections where needed, and bibliographic references to the pertinent literature. The types of the genotypes concerned are housed in the following collections: Institutum Entomologicum, Hokkaido University, Sap- poro, Japan; Taiwan National Agricultural Research Insitute, Taipeh, Mormosa; U. S. National Museum, Washineton, D. C.; and the post- war collection of Mr. Gerd Heinrich, at present partly at Dryden, Maine, and partly at Ann Arbor, Michigan. The types of Uchida’s genotypes are mostly at Sapporo and a few others are in Shanghai, Washington, and Berlin-Dahlem. Those in Washington concern ge- nera erected on Ashmead species. The Uchida types in Shanghai and Berlin-Dahlem have not been seen, but the generic names involved are included also in the discussion for the sake of completing the lst of his genera, even though the remarks concerning them can not be based on the holotypes. The Sonan types are in Taipeh. The Ashmead, Cushman, and Viereck types are allin Washington. Ashmead, Uchida, and Viereck have referred Old World species to a few of Foerster’s ichneumonid genera that had not previously contained species and thus made genotypes available for them. The status of these Foers- terian genera is reviewed also, alphabetically with the rest. I am deeply indebted to the curators of the various collections for the privilege of studying the material in their care, and especially to Dr. Toichi Uchida for the assistance given while I was visiting Sap- poro. Mr. J. F. Perkins has assisted with information on the names Ateleute, Talorga, Cremastus, and with some of the Acaenitini. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 101 Some of the tribal and subtribal names employed in the discussion of genera belonging to the subfamilies Gelinae and Ophioninae will be unfamiliar. For their elucidation, the reader is referred to another paper by the author, entitled ‘‘A synopsis of the tribes and subtribes of Gelinae and Ophioninae (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae) ’’ (1957. Proc. Ent. Soe! Wash.59: 2. ) ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE GENERA ACERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 23. New name for Cerataspis Uchida, preoccupied. Resembles Metopius in most characters but lacks the shield-shaped area on the face. The face is evenly convex. AKAJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 217 New name for Hrythrojoppa Uchida, preoccupied. Synonym of Allonotus (new synonymy ). ALLOTHERONIA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25: 351. One species. Type: (Allotheronia 12-guttata Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus intricatorius Fabri- cius, 1804. A synonym of Hchthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288). AMAUROMORPHA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 410. One species. Type: Amauromorpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Monobasiec. A monotypic Oriental genus of Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. Its cardinal characters are: First abdominal tereite without a lateral subbasal triangular projection, propodeum with a basal transverse carina, first intercubitus a little beyond the second recurrent vein, body hair very dense, clypeus without a median tooth. AMEBACHIA Uchida, 1938. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 198. One species. Type: Amebachia baibarana Uchida, 1928. Original designation. Same genus as Netelia, and belongs in or near the subgenus Netelia. Baibarana differs from known members of the subgenus Netelia in lacking the occipital carina, but a careful examination of Uchida’s specimens shows this carina to be sometimes present as a faint trace. A decision as to whether Amebachia should be synonymized with the subgenus Netelia or maintained as a distinct subgenus should be de- ferred until the male genitalia of its genotype can be studied. ANOMALOCTENUS Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 4. One species. Type: Anomaloctenus melleus Cushman, 1934. Original designation. I consider this a synonym of Apatagium, which is a subgenus of Netelia, as previously noted (Townes, 1938. Lloydia 1: 185). APOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 170. One species. Type: Apocryptus issikii Uchida, 1932. Original designation. This genus belongs in the Mesostenini and appears to belong to the subtribe Echthrina, but the only specimen seen was a male. The female type is in Berlin-Dahlem. 102 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 APOPHYSIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 587. One species. Type: Apophysius bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation. An aberrant genus of Hemigastrini, well characterized in the origi- nal description. I have seen about six species, all from the Oriental Region. ARACHNOLETER Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64: 2. One species. Type: Arachnoleter swezeyi Cushman, 1924. Original designation. A genus of Gelini, well illustrated in the original description. A singular generic character that is not brought out in the original description is the fact that the spiracles of the second to fourth ab- dominal segments are on the epipleura rather than on the tergites. I have a Swedish specimen determined as ‘‘Theroscopus stagnalis Thomson’’ by Roman which belongs to Arachnoleter, to which genus Hemiteles stagnalis Thomson, 1884 is hereby transferred. A third species of the genus (undescribed) occurs in northeastern United States. ASTOMASPIS Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species. Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 140. One species. Type: Astomaspis metathoracica Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie. An Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini, that com- monly goes under the name of Syrites. The male has a broad short abdomen with three visible tergites, the third ending in a pair of spines. Syrites is a Junior synonym. Astomaspis of authors is a dif- ferent genus, which has been renamed Haplaspis. BADYORYGMA Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 112. One species. Type: Badyorygma flavoguttatum Uchida, 1936. Original designation. A synonym of [chnewmon (new synonymy). The genotype is closely related to (Aglaojoppa) Ichneumon flavomaculata Cameron, 1901 (new combination). BANCHOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species. Type: Banchogastra nigra Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. I consider this a synonym of Enicospilus, as first noted in 1945 (Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 737). Cushman, however, considers it a distinct venus and has discussed its characters (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 96 : 460-461). BRACHYNERVUS Uchida, 1955. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 50: 123. One species. Type: Brachynervus tsunekii Uchida, 1955. Original designation. A genus of Anomalini with one spur on the middle tibia and the intercubitus obliterated by the approximation of the radial and cubital veins. I have not seen it. BRACHYSCLEROMA Cushman, 1936. Proe. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 88: 369. One species. Type: Brachyscleroma apoderi Cushman, 1936. Original designation. This anomalous ophionine genus belongs in a separate tribe, the Brachysecleromatin1. CAENOCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 4. One species. Type: Ischnojoppa tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. This genus is close to Agrothereutes. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 103 CERATOMANSA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 574. One species. Type: Ceratomansa prima Cushman, 1922. Original designation. A genus of Mesostenina with considerable superficial resemblance to the genus Mansa. Mansa belongs in the Hemigastrini. CERCODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 9. One species. Type (Psilomastax pictus Kriechbaumer, 1882) = Psilomastax pyramidalis Tischbein, 1868. Original designation. A synonym of Psilomastax, having the same genotype. Psilomastax is very close to Trogus, but differs in having the prepectal carina pres- ent only on the mesosternum, and in some additional characters as tabulated by Uchida in his description of Cercodinotomus. CERATASPIS Uchida, 1934. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 13: 275. One species. Name preoccupied by Gray, 1828. Type: Cerataspis clavata Uchida, 1934. Original designation. Renamed Acerataspis, which see. CHASMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 16. One species. Type: (Plectocryptus hokkaidensis Uchida, 1930) = Cryptus penetrator Smith, 1874. A synonym of Polytribax (new synonymy ). CHRIODES Foerster, 1868. Vehr. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 178. No species. Ashmead, 1905. Proc .U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 966. One species. Type: (Chriodes (!) oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ashmead, 1904, Monobasie. A genus of Ophioninae common in the Old World tropics and many times named. Synonyms are Nesomesochorus, Mavandia, and Meta- nomalon (new synonymies). Alutiana is a subgenus differing in the lack of the subdiscoidella vein (new status). Mavandiella is a synonym of Klutiana (new synonymy). Chriodes and the Neotropie genus Nonnus constitute a distinct section of the tribe Porizonini. COBUNUS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 23: 65. One species. Type: Ichneumon pallidiolus Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 100) discusses the characters of this genus. He places it near Naenaria. COCHLIDIONOSTENUS Uehida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 115. One spe- cles. Type: Cryptaulax coreanus Szépligeti, 1916. Original designation. This genus is related to Coccygodes, Christolia, and Lamprocryp- tidea. This group of genera, so far as known, parasitizes Limacodidae. COELOJOPPA Uchida, 1925. Zool. Mag. Tokyo 37: 453. One species. Name pre- occupied by Cameron, 1904. Type: Coelojoppa segmentalia Uchida, 1925. Original designation. This genus was renamed Uchidia by Heinrich in 1934, but it is a synonym of Naenaria Cameron, 1903. Uchida has discussed the synonymy (1942. Insecta Matsumurana 16: 34). COLPOTROCHIOIDES Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25: 263. Two species. Type: Colpotrochioides orientalis Uchida, 1930. Original designation. 104 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Listed as a synonym of Colpotrochia (Townes and Townes, 1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 355), but a better treatment seems to be as a synonym of Scallama, with Scallama as a subgenus of Col- potrochia (new status). Scallama (with Colpotrochioides as a syno- nym) has the nervellus broken below the middle and the areolet al- ways present. The subgenus Colpotrochia has the nervellus broken near the middle and the areolet often lacking. COREOJOPPA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 23. One species, Type: Coreojoppa flavomaculata Uchida, 1926. Original designation. A synonym of Pterocormus (new synonymy). The genotype is a large robust form which is close to and may be a subspecies of (Ich- neumon) Pterocormus sexmaculatus Matsumura, 1912. CREMASTIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 43: 587. One species. Type: Cremastus (Cremastidea) chinensis Viereck, 1912. Original designation. A synonym of Temelucha, and the genotype is a synonym of (Ophionellus) Temelucha biguttulus Munakata (new combination). Uchida (1934. Insecta Matsumurana 9: 4) has published the specific synonymy. CRYPTAULAXOIDES Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121. Two species. Type: Cryptus purpuratus Smith, 1852. Original designation. I consider this a synonym of Cochlidionostenus (new synonymy ). CTENOCHARIDEA Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 549. One species. Type: (Ctenocharidea luzonensis Cushman, 1922) = subspecies of Maraces flavobalteata Cameron, 1902. Original designation. A synonym of Maraces. Luzonensis is a Philippine subspecies of Maraces flavobalteata Cameron, 1902, the genotype of Maraces. Hein- rich published these facts in 1934 (Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 184, 136). CUBOSCOPESIS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1080. One species. Type: Cuboscopesis epachthoides Heinrich, 1952. Original designation. Similar to Scopesis and I see no reason for making the fine generic distinctions that would be necessary if Cuboscopesis is to be retained as a genus. Ihave formerly (1951. U. 8S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 331-334) included Scopesis and many other minor groups in a broadly defined genus Mesoleius. This may be the best arrangement, but the matter needs a thorough study. DAICTES Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No species. Viereck, 1911. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 40: 193. One Species. Type: Phygadeuon (Daictes) fukaii Viereck 1911. Monobasic. A synonym of Mastrus (new synonymy). DAISETSUZANIA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 289. One species. Type: Daisetsuzania albifrons Uchida, 1930. Original designation. A synonym of Himerta (new synonymy). PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 105 DENTIMACHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 86. One species. Type: Dentimachus morio Heinrich, 1949. Original designation. This genus resembles Perispuda and Scopesis, but differs from both in having the lower tooth of the mandible longer than the upper. I have compared the type of Dentimachus morio with the series of Try- phon flavipes Gravenhorst on which Heinrich based the new genus Nemesoleius. I believe the two species congeneric and hereby synony- mize Nemesoleius with Dentimachus. Heinrich mentioned propodeal differences as the generic distinction between Nemesoleius and Denti- machus. The propodeal carinae of the genotype of Nemesoleius are of the common NScopesis type. In the genotype of Dentimachus they are almost obsolete and the apical propodeal carina is more regularly transverse. This difference does not impress me as being of generic value. DIAGLYPTIDEA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 371. One species. Type: Diaglyptidea roepkei Viereck, 1913. Original designation. A genus of Gelini related to such genera as Isdromas and Haplaspvis. DIATORA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 180. No species. Ashmead, 1904. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species. Type: Diatora prodeniae Ashmead, 1904. Monobasic. An Oriental genus of Gelini. Cardinal generic characters are: Lateral edge of second tergite without a carina or crease setting off its epipleurum ; notaulus extending beyond the middle of the mesoscu- tum, of almost uniform strength throughout its length and posteriorly ending abruptly; dise of mesoscutum without hairs. DICHELOBOSMINA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 201. One species. Type: Dichelobosmina tuberculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation. A rather robust member of the Hymenobosmina group of genera. Unusual features are the absence of the glymma except for a trace, the short face and clypeus, and particularly the propodeal carination. ECTOPOIDES Heinrich, 1951. Bonner Zool. Beitrage 3-4: 280. One species. Type: Hetopoides teunisseni Heinrich, 1951. Original designation. Heinrich related this genus to EHctopius and Apaeleticus. I ex- amined the type in 1951 but have not seen it recently. EGURICHNEUMON Uchida, 1929. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 10: 116. One species. Type: Chasmias agitatus Matsumura and Uchida, 1926. Original designation. A synonym of Ulesta, as was noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 174). ELASMOGNATHIAS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. Ent. Soe. Wash. 8: 31. New name for Elasmognathus, preoccupied. A synonym of Caenojoppa, as noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 122). ELASMOGNATHUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 405. One species. Name preoccupied by Gill, 1865, and by Newton, 1878. Type: Elasmognathus cephalotes Ashmead, 1905. Monobasice. Renamed Hlasmognathias. which see. ie) oO “ 106 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1 ERIPTERNIMORPHA Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 645. One species. Type: (Hripternimorpha schoenobii Viereck, 1913) = subspecies of Amawro- morpha metathoracica Ashmead, 1905. Original designation. A synonym of Amauromorpha (new synonymy), its genotype be- ing only a subspecies of the genotype of Amauromorpha. The proper scientific name of the present genotype would therefore be Amauro- morpha metathoracica schoenobu (new status). ERYTHROJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 83: 153. One species. Name preoccupied by Cameron, 1902. Type: Acanthojoppa (Erythrojoppa) sauteri Uchida, 1932. Original designation. Renamed Akajoppa, which see ERYTHROPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species. Type: Hrythropimpla abbottii Ashmead, 19090. Monobasie. A synonym of Camptotypus, as noted by Cushman (1942. Proe. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 284). Whether Camptotypus should be main- tained as generically distinct from Hemipimpla, as Cushman contends (ibidem), is a question requiring study. TSUCHONEMATOPODIUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 567. One species. Type: Hsuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922. Original designation. A synonym of Diapetus. Diapetus and Michrochorus are subgenera of Nematopodius (new status). The subgenera of Nematopodius may be distinguished as follows: 1. Epomia ending dorsally in a prominent tooth on upper margin of pronotum; clasper of male genitalia ending in a slender rod a _., Mierochorus Epomia not toothed above and not reaching upper margin of pronotum; clasper OL male senitalia: rounded Vapi ally See ee 2. Occipital carina distinct dorsally; apical carina of propodeum represented only by lateral vestiges =...) oo ee MeMACODOUUES Occipital carina absent dorsally; apic: r carina of propodeunt usually distinet, complete or interrupted medially, or sometimes absent Diapetus Cushman has referred a number of species to Diapetus, which con- sidering the subordination of Diapetus to Nematopodius as a subgenus, should now be included under Nematopodius. The necessary nomen- clatorial shifts are as follows: Earrana nigromaculata Cameron, 1907 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) nigro- maculata. Ischnoceros? dimidiatus Brullé, 1846 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dimidiatus. Diapetus (D.) pallidicornis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) pal- lidicornis. Diapetus (D.) unicolor Cushman, 1932 = Ne matopodius (Diapetus) unicolor. Diapetus (D.) parvus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) parvus. Earrana lutea Cameron, 1905 = Nematopodius (subgenus?) luteus. Diapetus (D.) taiwanensis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) tai- wanensis. Diapetus (D.) dissipus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) dissipus. Diapetus (D.) piceatus Cushman, 1982 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) piceatus. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 107 Diapetus (D.) fossulatus Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Diapetus) fossula- tus. Esuchonematopodius luzonensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Diapetus ) luzonensis. Earrana philippinensis Cushman, 1922 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) philip- pinensis. Microchorus mirabilis Széplgeti, 1916 = Nematopodius (Microchorus) mira- bilis. Diapetus (Microchorus) wniformis Cushman, 1932 = Nematopodius (Micro- chorus) uniformis. EUCTENOPUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. Linnaean Soc. New South Wales 25: 351. One species. Type: Huctenopus novazealandicus Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie. A synonym of Phytodictus (new synonymy). The genus Phytodietus may some day be divided into subgenera, when Huctenopus may be used for one of them. Cushman (1942. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 92: 286) has discussed the characters of Huctenopus. EXERISTESOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 51. One species. Type: (Pimpla spectabilis Matsumura, 1926) = subspecies of Pimpla alternans Gravenhorst, 1829. Original designation. A synonym of Itoplectis. Spectabilis is a subspecies of Itoplectis alternans Gravenhorst, 1829, as published by Uchida (1942. Insecta Matsumurana 16: 122). It differs from typical alternans most con- spicuously in the coloration of the hind tibia, which is fuscous with a white submedian band, the submedian band being wider than in typical alternans and the fuscous areas without the ferruginous infusion characteristic of typical alternans. Ttoplectis triannulatus Uchida 1928, Itoplectis epinotiae Uchida 1928, and Itoplectis nigri- basalis Uchida 1937 are synonyms of spectabilis (new synonymies). FORMOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 192. One species. Type: Formocryptus tenuicornis Uchida, 1931. Original designation. This genus belone in the Gelini. Distinctive features are its rela- tively large size, two strong teeth on the clypeus, and strong propodeal apophyses. FORMOSANOMALON Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 241. One species. Type: (Formosanomalon baibarense Uchida, 1928) = subspecies of Macrostem- ma elegans Shestakov, 1923, new status. Original designation. A synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). Its genotype is only a Subspecies of the genotype of Macrostemma, and this name also should be listed as a synonym of Aphanistes (new synonymy). The species elegans, genotype of Formosanomalon and of Macrostemma, although believed to belong in the genus Aphanistes, is atypical in having the ocelli large, the lateral ocellus separated from the eye by only about 0.3 its diameter, the median frontal carina reaching the median ocellus and nowhere strongly elevated, and the tarsal claws 108 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 somewhat longer than is typical for Aphanistes. Uchida (1953. Trans. Shikoku Ent. Soc. 3: 129) has published the synonymy of Formosano- malon with Macrostemma. FORMOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 30: 180. Two species. Type: Mesostenus (Formostenus) angularis Uchida, 1931. Original designation. A synonym of Isotima (new synonymy). The genotype of For- mostenus and certain related species differs from albicineta (the genotype of Isotima) and its closer relatives in having the brachiella vein present, and in the somewhat narrower postpetiole. Both groups of species agree, however, in having a characteristic arcuate carina above each antennal socket. FORMOXORIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 14. One species. Type: Achorocephalus pilosus Szépligeti, 1914. Original designation. A synonym of Eugalta. The type of the genotype is in Budapest, but its generic identity is determinable from the original description. [Its synonymy was recognized by Uchida (1932. Jour. Faculty Aer. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 221) and by Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsu- murana 8:1). GLYPTOGASTRA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 57. One species. Type: Glyptogastra hawaiiensis Ashmead. Monobasie. A synonym of Echthromorpha, as previously noted (Townes, 1940. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 33: 288). HABROCRYPTOIDES Uchida, 1952. Insecta Matsumurana 18: 19. Two species. Type: Habrocryptus shikokuensis Uchida, 1936. Original designation. A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy). HEMIEPHIALTES Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 3 Type: Hemiephialtes glyptus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie. A synonym of Glypta, as was first noted by Uchida (1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 71). HYMENOMACROPYGA Uehida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 116. One species. Type: Hymenomacropyga latifrontalis Uchida, 1941. Original designation. A synonym of Clistopyga (new synonymy). The species latifrontalis lias the temples narrower and the abdominal tergites more heavily punctate than is usual for species of Clistopyga, but does not deserve veneric distinction. HYPOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 11. One species. Type: Hypopheltes pergae Cushman, 1924. Original designation. ): 177. One species. A genus of Mesoleiini as indicated in the original description. I have seen only the genotype, from Australia. IDIOGNATHUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sei. 20: 558. One species. Type: Idtognathus balteatus Cushman, 1922. Original designation. A synonym of Aulojoppa, as first noted by Heinrich (1934. Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin 20: 127). Balteatus is a Philippine subspecies of Aulojoppa spilocephala Cameron, 1907, the genotype of Aulojoppa (new status). PROC, ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 195 109 ISHIGAKIA Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Uniy. 25: 32. One species. Type: Ishigakia exetasea Uchida, 1928. Original designation. An Oriental genus of Acaenitini with long erect hairs on HBe first sternite, hind tarsal claws simple, apical half of elypeus rather flat and without a subapical transverse ridge, and intercubitus well beyond the second recurrent. ISOTIMA Foerster, 1868. Ver. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 182. No species. Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 407. Four species. Type: Isotima albicineta Ashmead, 1905. By present designation. A mesostenine genus of the Goryphus-Gambrus group of genera. It is distinctive in having, in the female, a semicircular area above each antennal socket bordered dorsally by a carina. The male has either a similar structure or in some species a grotesque specialization of it. Many of the species, including the genotype, lack the brachiella vein. isotima cincticornis Ashmead, 1905 is a synonym of JI. albicineta (new synonymy). Formostenus, Fotsiforia, and Mavia are synonyms of Isotima (new synonymies). ITAMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheimlande 25: 179. No species. Name preoccupied by Goebel, 1846 and by Loew, 1849. Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 13. One species. Type: (Hemiteles (Itamus) okamotoi Uchida, 1936) = Leptocryptus marginatus Uchida, 1930. Monobasie. This genus has a general resemblance to Bathythrix, but the notau- lus is shorter and not quite so sharp, and the clypeus is larger and with an evenly convex margin. The genotype was described “first as Leptocryptus marginatus by Uchida in 1930, with which it is hereby synonymized. Besides the genotype from Japan, I have a second species of the genus from the Philippines. Since the generic name is preoccupied and the genus is a distinct one, I hereby rename it Uchidella, as a token of respect for Dr. Toichi Uchida and his work on the Oriental Ichneumonidae. JEZAROTES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 30. Two species. Type: Jezarotes tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation. A genus easily distinguished by the strongly forward projecting median lobe of the mesoscutum. The blunt ventral tooth on the hind femur and subobsolete upper tooth of the mandible are additional features of note. KARAECHTHRUS Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 176. One species. Type: Karaechthrus tuberculatus Uchida, 1929. Original designation. Closely related to Echthrus, from which it differs in having the apex of the clypeus truncate, without a median tooth, and in a few addi- tional minor characters. KOSHUNIA Uehida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 185. One species. Type: Hemiteles (Koshunia) taiwanellus Uchida, 1932. Original designation. The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen. 110 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 The original description indicates that Koshunia belongs probably in the Phobetes group of genera, tribe Gelini. KRIEGERIA Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 116. One species. Type: Kriegeria heptazonata Ashmead, 1905. Monobasie. An Oriental genus of the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. Its car- dinal characters are: First abdominal tergite with a lateral subbasal triangular projection, acute or subacute in females, blunt and often indistinct in males; pleural carina of propodeum present behind the basal carina; apical carina of propodeum absent; epomia reaching the upper edge of the pronotum and curved strongly forward at its upper end; nervulus varying from interstitial with basal vein to beyond it by 0.3 of its length. KUNIOCRYPTUS Sonan, 1937. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 27: 172. One species. Type: Orientocryptus flavofasciatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. A synonym of Latibulus (new synonymy ). LEPTOBATOPSIS Ashmead, 1900. Proce. Linnaean Soe. New South Wales 20: 349. One species. Type: (Leptobatopsis australiensis Ashmead, 1900) = Cryptus indicus Cameron, 1897. Monobasie. A well-known Lissonotine genus of the Oriental Region. Tanera and Sauterellus ave synonyms, as discussed by Cushman in 1922, 1924, 1933, and 1940, Tanera having the same type species (through synony- my) as Leptobatopsis. LONGICHAROPS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 131. New name for Nothanomaloides Uchida, preoccupied. A synonym of Casinaria (new synonymy). MEGALOMYA Uchida, 1940. Trans. Nat.. Hist. Soc. Formosa 30: 223. One species. Type: Megalomya longiabdominalis Uchida, 1940. Original designation. This genus is close to Alomya. MATSUMURAIUS Ashmead, 1906. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 169. One species. Type: Matsumuraius grandis Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie. A synonym of Pterocormus, as was first recognized by Matsumura (1912. Thousand Insects of Japan, Supplement 4: 102). MELALOPHACHAROPS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 280. One species. Type: Melalophacharops tamanukii Uchida, 1928. Original designation. Very close to Charopsimorpha. METACHORISCHIZUS Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 35. One species. Type: Metachorischizus unicolor Uchida, 1928. Original designation. Related to Siphimedia. METARHYSSA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species. Type: Metarhyssa bifasciata Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie. A synonym of Gabunia (new synonymy). Cushman (1942. Proe. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 279-280) has redescribed the genotype. The genus belones in the Mesostenini, subtribe Echthrina. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 111 METOPHELTES Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 162. One species. Type: Metopheltes petiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation. This genus is close to Perilissus. METOPICHNEUMON Uchida, 1935. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 13. One species. Type: Protichnewmon (Metopichneumon) swperomediae Uchida, 1935. Original designation. Proposed first as a subgenus of Protichneumon and later (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 85) elevated to generic rank. It is very close to Protichneumon, but the genotype is unusual in having a com- pressed tubercle in the middle of the frons, a relatively narrow cly- peus, and relatively elongate areola with distinct bounding carinae. MICROTORIDEA Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 150. One species. Type: Microtoridea lissonota Viereck, 1912. Original designation. A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ). MICROTORUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species. Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 64-66. Two species. Type: Microtorus kichijoi Uchida, 1940. By present designation. A synonym of Otacustes (new synonymy). Uchida placed a second species, Microtus tenuibasalis Uchida, 1940, in Microtus. It should be referred to Mastrus (new combination). MONOMACRODON Cushman, 1934. Indian Forest Ree. 20: 2. One species. Type: Monomacrodon bicolor Cushman, 1934. Original designation. A subgenus of Netelia, as noted in 1938 (Townes. Lloydia 1: 186). MONONTOS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 165. One species. Type: Monontos niphonicus Uchida, 1926. Original designation. Near Heresiarches, but a distinct genus, not a synonym as stated by Uchida (1932. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 32). In Monontos the second lateral area of the propodeum extends to the apical 0.6 of the propo- deum and is separated from the third lateral area by a sharp carina. In Heresiarches the second lateral area extends to the apical 0.8 of the propodeum and the carina between it and the third lateral area is obsolescent. MONOPLECTROCHUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell. 35-39: 109. One species. Type: Monoplectrochus hoerhammeri Heinrich, 1949. Original designation. A synonym of Periope (new synonymy). Its genotype is related more closely to the Nearctic Periope aethiops Cresson than to the Kuropean Periope auscultator Curtis. MYRMELEONOSTENUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 10: 116. One species. Type: Myrmeleonostenus babai Uchida, 1936. Original designation. Close to Trychosis, differing from Trychosis in the interstitial nervu- lus, smaller areolet, narrower first abdominal segment, and longer Gvipositor. NAWATA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 184. One species. Type: Nawaia japonica Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic. A synonym of Banchus, as was first noted by Uchida (1931. Insecta 112 PROC. ENT. SOC.’*WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Matsumurana 6:51). Its genotype (Banchus japonicus) is siunilar to the Nearctic Banchus canadensis in the elongate female abdomen and in the relatively small fourth segment of the maxillary palpus of the male. These two species seem to constitute a distinct group. NEISCHNUS Heinrich, 1952. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 12) 5: 1066. One species. Type: Neischnus oxypygus Heinrich, 1952. Original designation. Heinrich placed this genus in the ‘‘ chneumonini,’’ at the same time stating its relation to the Phaeogenini. The type is in Dryden, Maine. NEODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 122. New name for Odontocryptus Uchida, preoccupied. The type of the genotype was returned to Berlin-Dahlem, but I have a specimen which appears to belong to the genotype species. It repre- sents an aberrant genus of Mesostenina related possibly to Trachy- sphyrus. Its dark metallic blue coloration and the structural charac- ters described by Uchida should make it easy to recognize. NEOHERESIARCHES Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 87. One species. Type: Neoheresiarches albipilosus Uchida, 1937. Original designation. This is an unusual genus of which I have seen only the type of the genotype. It is somewhat reminiscent of Tricholabus but probably not closely related to it. NEOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 56. One species. Type: Neopimpla abbottii Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. The type of the genotype, stated to be from Africa, has never been found since Ashmead published the name, and the original description is insufficient for even a subfamily placement. Neopimpla remains a nomen dubium until further evidence is available. NEOPIMPLOIDES Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 151. One species. Type: (Neopimploides syleptae Viereck, 1912) = Ichneumon punctatus Fabri- cius, 1787. Original designation. This is a Synonym of Yanthopimpla, and its genotype is a synonym of Yanthopimpla punctata Fabricius, 1787. The generic synonymy was first published by Krieger (1914. Arch. Naturg. 80 (A), 6: 3) and the specific synonymy first by Cushman (1922. Proe. U. 8. Natl. Mus. 60: 10). NEOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 153. One species. Type: Torbda (Neotorbda) sakaguchii Uchida, 1932. Original designation. A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina, related to Micro- stenus. The first tergite has a lateral subbasal triangular projection, the pleural carina of the propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina, both transverse carinae of the propodeum are strong, and the hy- postomal carina is obsolete apically and does not meet the occipital carina. I have seen several Oriental and one Madagascan species of the genus. Didiaspis is a synonym of Neotorbda (new synonymy ). NEPHOPHELTES Cushman, 1924. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 64 (20): 16. One species. Type: Nephopheltes japonicus Cushman, 1924. Original designation. A synonym of Opheltes, as previously noted (Townes, 1945. Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 495). PROU. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13 NESOMESOCHORUS Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 967. One species. Type: (Nesomesochorus oculatus Ashmead, 1905) = Atrometus minutus Ash- mead, 1904. Monobasie. A synonym of Chriodes. Its genotype is a synonym of Atrometus minutus Ashmead, 1904, and of Chriodes oculatus Ashmead, 1905, the genotype of Chriodes. NESOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 180. One species. Type: Nesopimpla naranyae Ashmead, 1906. Monobasie. A synonym of Jtoplectis, as previously noted. (Townes, 1940. Ann. Ent. Soe. Amer. 33: 314). NESOSTENODONTUS Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 555. One species. Type: Nesostenodontus bakeri Cushman, 1922. Original designation. This genus belongs in the Alomyini as defined by the subcircular spiracles and the usually lenticular clypeus. Cushman relates it to Stenodontus, emphasizing the sickle-shaped mandible. If the lack of gastrocoeli were emphasized it would be placed near Centeterus. Its true relations are problematic. The genus is adequately described and figured in the original publication. NEUCHORUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 148. One species. Type: Neuwchorus longicauda Uchida, 1931. Original designation. A synonym of Phytodietus (new synonymy). The species longi- cauda is closely related to the Nearectic Phytodietus pulcherrimus Cresson. NIPPOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 3. One species. Type: Hemiteles suzukii Matsumura, 1912. A synonym of Trachysphyrus (new synonymy ). NIPPONAETES Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 160. One species. Type: Hemiteles (Nipponaétes) haeussleri Uchida, 19838. Original designation. This genus is similar to Acrolyta in most characters. Further study of generic limits in this area is needed before a more definite state- ment can be made as to its relationships and distinctness. NIPPONOPHION Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 201. One species. Type: (Nipponophion variegatus Uchida, 1928) = variety of Ophion bombyci- vorus Gravenhorst, 1829. This genus is a synonym of Stauropoctomus, a synonymy already published by Cushman (1947. Proe. U.S. Natl. Mus. 96: 456). Uchida (1951. Insecta Matsumurana 17: 127) has reduced the name varie- gatus to varietal status under bombycivorus. NIPPORICNUS Uchida, 1931. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 147. One species. Type: Acroricnus tarsalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. A synonym of Picardellia (new synonymy). The genus belongs in the Mesostenini, subtribe Osprynchotina, and is close to Messatoporus, differing from that genus most conspicuously in the somewhat larger areolet. NOTHANOMALOIDES Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 21: 273. One species. Name preoccupied by Viereck, 1925. Type: Nothanomaloides matsuyamensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation. 114 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Renamed Longicharops, which see. ODONTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 187. One species. Name preoccupied by Saussure, 1890, by Cameron, 1903, and by Szépligeti, 1916. Type: Odontocryptus brillantus Uchida, 1932. Original designation. Renamed Neodontocryptus, which see. ODONTOTYLOCOMNUS Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 179. One species. Type: Odontotylocomnus pilosus Uchida, 1940. Original designation. A synonym of Pseudometopius (new synonymy). Pilosus is an ex- traordinary species with the face sharply produced beneath the an- tennal sockets, the apex of the front tibia with a rounded prolonga- tion, and with other specializations as mentioned in the original de- scription. It does not seem, however, to be more than an aberrant member of the genus Pseudometopius. OPISTHOSTENUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 175. No species. Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 43. One species. Type: Hemiteles (Opisthostenus) etorofuensis Uchida. Monobasic. A synonym of Gnypetomorpha (new synonymy ). ORIENTOCRYPTUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 174. Two species. Aype: Orientocryptus formosanus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. A synonym of Arthula, as noted by Uchida in 1940 (Insecta Matsu- murana 14: 125). ORIENTOHEMITELES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 186. One species. Type: Orientohemiteles ovatus Uchida, 1932. Original designation. This genus belones to Phobetes group. It differs from all others of that group in having the petiolar area of the propodeum very long (0.7 as long as the propodeum) and the areola very short (about 3.8 as wide as long). ORIENTOSTENARAEUS Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 321. One species. Type: Orientostenaraeus chinensis Uchida, 1930. Original designation. This is a singular mesostenine genus with coarse apical teeth on both upper and lower ovipositor valves, the ovipositor about 1.3 to 1.5 as long as the head and body, the clypeus broad, and the areolet as im Mesostenus. The genotype occurs in China, Taiwan, and the Philip- pines and I have a second species from Queensland. The European Mesostenus gladiator Scopol, 1763 is closely related to these two spe- cies but differs in having the apical propodeal carina present. Parasil- sila is a Synonym (new synonymy ). OTOHIMEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 146. Two species. Type: (Otohimea nigra Uchida, 1926) == Ichnewmon incanescens Smith, 1874. Original designation. A synonym of Tricholabus, as has been noted by Uchida (1932. PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 115 Insecta Matsumurana 7: 31). PARACRYPTUS Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 149. One species. Type: Paracryptus orientalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation. Close to Trachysphyrus and further study may prove it to be a synonym. PARAGAMBRUS Uchida, 1936. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 7. One species. Type: Gambrus sapporonis Uchida, 1930. Original designation. The genus is superficially similar to Agrothereutes and Gambrus. The apical margin of the clypeus is without a median angulation, the apical carina of the propodeum indicated only laterally, and the dorsal valve of the ovipositor has distinct apical teeth. PARAGRYPON Uchida, 1941. Insecta Matsumurana 15: 159. Type: Gongropelma kikuchii Uchida, 1928. Original designation. A synonym of Phaenolabrorychus (new synonymy ). PARAPHYLAX Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No species. Ashmead, 1904. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 28: 141. One species. Type: Paraphylax fasciatipennis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie. This is an Oriental and Australian genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini, containing many species. Its generic characters are: Dise of scutellum and upper part of temple smooth or with weak punctures, the scutellum with a weak median longitudinal elevation and the up- per part of temple flat or almost so; notaulus extending more than 0.6 the length of the mesoscutum; nervulus approximately opposite the basal vein, or beyond it by less than 0.35 its length; sternaulus ex- tending distinctly to near the middle coxa; propodeum with its first and second pleural areas separated by a carina just beyond the spiracle and its median apical area occupying 0.4 to 0.6 of the propodeal length; spiracle of first tergite at 0.65 to 0.7 the distance from the base of the tergite ; first sternite without a preapical transverse carina; ovipositor sheath about as lone as the width of the second tergite; ovipositor point not unusually slender. PERILISSOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 213. One species. Type: Perilissoides cubitalis Uchida, 1932. Original designation. This genus is not in Uchida’s collection. The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem. The genus is said to be near Perilissus and is distingtwished by a peculiar venation. PHOTOPTERA Viereck, 1913. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 46: 380. One species. Type: Photoptera erythronota Viereck, 1913. Original designation. A synonym of Paraphylax (new synonymy ). PIELIA Uchida, 1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 91. One species. Type: Pielia concava Uchida, 1937. Original designation. The type of the genotype is in Musée Heude, Shanghai. Uchida compares the genus with Bureschias, Eupalamus, and Gyrodonta, The face and elypeus are concave, the face has a strong transverse carina just below the antennal sockets, and the gastrocoeli are indis- tinct. 116 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 ’ b} 3 PLANOCRYPTUS Heinrich, 1949. Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gessell. 35-39: 56. One species. Type: Planoecryptus mirabilis Heinrich, 1949, Original designation. A synonym of Cubocephalus (new synonymy). PLATYJOPPA Uchida, 1932. Insecta Matsumurana 6: 146. One species. Type: Platyjoppa naxae Uchida, 1932. Original designation. This genus is somewhat intermediate in its characters between Aoplus and Stenichnewmon, but different from both in the sharply elevated, laterally margined scutellum. The costula is strong. PLECTOCHORUS Uchida, 1933. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 163. One species. Type: Mesochorus iwatensis Uchida, 1928. Original designation. Near Stictopisthus. The transverse carina beneath the antennal sockets is continuous, without a median dip, and the prepectal carina reaches the front edge of the mesopleurum. These are characters shared with Stictopisthus. Females differ from those of Stictopisthus in having the propodeum extending to or beyond the middle of the hind coxa, abdomen greatly elongate, and the ovipositor sheath only about four times as long as wide. Males seem indistinguishable from those of Stictopisthus. PLEURONEUROPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 86. One species. Type: Pleuroneurophion hawaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. A synonym of EHnicospilus, as previously noted (Townes, 1945. Mem. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 787). POTOPHION Cushman, 1947. Proc. U. 8S. Natl. Mus. 96: 442. One species. Type: Potophion caudatus Cushman, 1947. Original designation. Near Ophion, from which it differs in the longer ovipositor and somewhat elongate trophi, as described and figured in the original publication. PROSOPOSTENUS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 184. One species. Type: Hemiteles (Prosopostenus) koshunensis Uchida, 1932. Original designation. The type of the genotype is in Berlin-Dahlem and has not been seen. PROTEROCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 174. One species. Type: Proterocryptus nawati Ashmead, 1906. Monobasic. A synonym of Brachycyrtus, as was first noted by Roman (1915. Ark. for. Zool. 9 (9): 5). PSEUDAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 179. One species. Type: Pseudarotes chishimensis Uchida, 1929. Original designation. This genus is a synonym of Yamatarotes (new synonymy). Its venotype has the propodeum, first sternite, first tergite, and scutellum with specialized swellings, but these may be regarded as specific rather than generic characters. PSEUDASTHENARA Uchida, 1930. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 276. One species. Type: Asthenara rufocincta Ashmead, 1906. Original designation. A synonym of Huceros, as previously noted (Townes and ‘Townes, 1951. U.S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. 2: 321). The type of the genotype PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 nae is in Washington. PSEUDEUGALTA Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species. Type: Eugalta spinosa Cameron, 1899. Original designation. A synonym of Eugalta. Cushman (1933. Insecta Matsumurana 8: 1) has discussed the synonymy. PSEUDOCHASMIAS Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 113. One species. Type: Pseudochasmias major Uchida, 1926, Original designation. Resembles Chasmias in most of its characters. The propodeum is a little more elongate than in Chasmias and the areola bounded pos- -teriorly in both sexes by a strong carina. The apex of the female antenna is a little more tapered than in Chasmias. The apical edge of the clypeus is truncate with a weak median angular projection. The upper edge of the face is unique in having a median, short, broad, angular, upward-projectine flange in place of the usual subantennal tubercle. PSEUDODINOTOMUS Uchida, 1925. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 15: 239. One species. Type: Pseudodinotomus tricolor Uchida, 1925. Original designation. A synonym of Charitojoppa, as noted by Uchida (1952. Insecta Matsumurana 7: 25). PSEUDOTORBDA Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 195. One species. Type: Pseudotorbda geniculata Uchida, 1932. Original designation. A mesostenine genus of the subtribe Echthrina. The first tergite has a basal lateral triangular projection, the pleural carina of the propodeum is absent beyond the basal carina, the apical transverse carina of the propodeum absent, and the clypeus without a median apical tooth but with a subapical transverse ridge. Besides the geno- type from Taiwan, I have seen one species from Japan and two from the Philippines. PSYCHOSTENUS Uchida, 1955. Insecta Matsumurana 19: 32. Three species. Type: Psychostenus minusculae Uchida, 1955. Original designation. A synonym of Ateleute. Talorga and Tsirirella are also synonyms (all new synonymies ). PYCNOPHION Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 87. One species. Type: Pycnophion molokaiensis Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. Related to Enicospilus. Cushman (1947. Proce. U. S. Natl Mus. 96: 461-462) has discussed its characters. PYCNOPYGE Cushman, 1922. Philippine Jour. Sci. 20: 552. One species. Type: Pycnopyge bella Cushman, 1922. Original designation. A distinctive Oriental genus placed in the Oedicephalini by Hein- rich. It is adequately described and figured by Cushman in the original description. RHEXIDERMUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 192. No species. Ashmead, 1906. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 30: 171. One species. Type: Rheridermus japonicus Ashmead, 1906. Monobasiec. 118 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 This is the proper name for Jschnus of authors. The genotype of Ischnus (porrectorius) is a species of Habrocryptus, so Ischnus must be used in the Mesostenini, with Habrocryptus as a synonym, and Tschnus of authors, in the Alomyini, must be called by the name Rhexridermus. Rhexidermus as interpreted by Uchida (1926. Jour. Fac. Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 166), however, is Pseudoplatylabus, and his species Rheridermus apicalis must be called Pseudoplatylabus apicalis (new combination). SCENOCHAROPS Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 202. One species. Type: Scenocharops longipetiolaris Uchida, 1932. Original designation. This genus is close to Charops but differs in having the areolet pres- ent but small (or occasionally absent) and the outer lower angele of the second discoidal cell shehtly less than a right angle. It contains a number of Oriental species. In 1946 I (Bol. Ent. Venezol. 5: 61) included Schenocharops in the genus Charops as an aberrant Oriental species group. I now agree with Uchida as to its generic distinctness. STENARAEOIDES Uchida, 1932. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 33: 181. Three species. Type: Mesostenus octocinctus Ashmead, 1906. Original designation. A synonym of Gotra. Uchida has published the synonymy (1940. Insecta Matsumurana 14: 121). STENICHNEUMONOIDES Uehida, 1930. Insecta Matsumurana 5: 95. Three species. Type: Stenichneumon posticalis Matsumura, 1912. Original designation. This genus is intermediate between Stenichneumon and Chiaglas, having the clypeal and propodeal characters of the former and the post petiole without a distinctly raised median area as in the latter. Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93-94) has discussed the generic characters. STREPSIMALLUS Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 176. No species. Ashmead, 1905. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 29: 115. One species. Type: Strepsimallus bicinetus Ashmead, 1905. Monobasic. This is an Oriental genus of the Phobetes group, tribe Gelini. I know only three species. Its generic characters are mostly the same as those of Paraphylax but the upper part of the temple is strongly convex, mat or rugosopunctate; and the scutellum is rather flat, mat or rugoso-punctate. STRIATOSTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 177. One species. Type: Striatostenus areolatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. A synonym of Coesula (new synonymy ). TAIWATHERONTA Sonan, 1936. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 26: 256. One species. Type: (Taiwatheronia mahasenae Sonan, 1936) = Apechthis taiwana Uehida, 1928. Original designation. PROG. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 119 A synonym of Ephialtes Schrank, 1802 (new synonymy). <A para- type of T. mahasenae in Uchida’s collection was compared with the type of Apechthis taiwana Uchida, 1928, and found to be conspecific (new synonymy). TAKANOMA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 163. One species. Type: Takanoma ishiyamana Uchida, 1926. Original designation. Close to Phaeogenes but probably merits generic distinction. The Nearctic Ichnewmnon vineibilis Cresson, 1867 should be referred to Takanoma (new combination). TAKASTENUS Uchida, 1931. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 30: 188. One species. Type: Takastenus longidentatus Uchida, 1931. Original designation. This is a genus of the Mesostenina, close to Buodias, with a large number of Oriental species. Chromocryptus albomaculatus Ashmead, 1905, should be referred to it (new combination). TEMELUCHA Foerster, 1868. Verh. naturh. Ver. Rheinlande 25: 148. No species. Ashmead, 1904. Canad. Ent. 36: 101. One species. Type: Temelucha philippinensis Ashmead, 1904. Monobasie. This genus is Cremastus as understood by American authors, but according to recent information from J. F. Perkins in England the species commonly determined as Cremastus spectator Gravenhorst, the genotype of Cremastus, belongs in the group ealled Zaleptopygus in America. Mr. Perkins also reports that the genotype of Tarytia is congeneric with that of Temelucha. In view of this information Tary- tia is hereby synonymized with Temelucha, which is the same as Cremastus of American authors, and true Cremastus is considered either the same as Zaleptopygus, or of uncertain identity until Gra- venhorst’s type of C. spectator can be examined. TOGEA Uchida, 1926. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 18: 109. Four species. Type: Togea albofasciata Uchida, 1926. Original designation. Close to Neocratichneumon, from which it differs most conspicu- ously, at least in the genotype, in lacking the lateral carina on the scutellum. Uchida (1937. Insecta Matsumurana 11: 93) states that Barichneumonites is a synonym, but this is a distinct genus. TOSQUINETIA Ashmead, 1900. Canad. Ent. 32: 368. New name for Obba Tosquinet, preoccupied by Beck, 1837, and by Walker, 1869. I have not studied material of this genus, but Heinrich (1938. Mém. Acad. Malagache 25: 36-37) has discussed its taxonomy, placing it near Compsophorus and Pyramidellus in the Listrodromini. TYLOCOMNOIDES Uchida, 1940. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 16: 178. One species. Type: Tylocomnoides egawai Uchida, 1940. Original designation. A synonym for Pseudometopius (new synonymy ). UCHIDELIA, new name for /Jtamus Foerster, which see. YAMATAROTES Uchida, 1929. Insecta Matsumurana 3: 180. Two species. Type: Yamatarotes bicolor Uchida, 1929. Original designation. 120 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 This genus resembles Arotes, particularly in having an accessory tooth on the hind tarsal claws, but is distinct from Arotes in having the elypeus thin apically, not inflexed or impressed, and the inter- cubitus a little basad of the second recurrent. YEZOCERYX Uchida, 1928. Jour. Faculty Agr. Hokkaido Univ. 25: 36. One species. Type: Yezoceryx scutellaris Uchida, 1928. Original designation. This is a genus of Acaenitini which includes many species from the eastern Palaearctic Region and the Indo-Australian area, and Acae- nitus rupinsulensis from the United States (new combination). ZAMESOCHORUS Viereck, 1912. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 42: 152. One species. Type: Zamesochorus orientalis Viereck, 1912. Original designation. This is a synonym of Hdrisa (new synonymy). ZAPARAPHYLAX Viereck, 1913. Proe. U. S. Natl. Mus. 44: 647. One species. Type: (Zaparaphylax perinae Viereck, 1913) = Microtoridea lissonota Viereck, 1912. Original designation. A synonym of Diatora (new synonymy ). ZONOCRYPTUS Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 40. One species. Type: Cryptus sphingis Ashmead, 1900. Monobasie. Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 277-279) has redesecribed the genotype and’ discussed the status of the genus. Zonocryptus comes within Waterston’s definition of Oneilella (1927. Bull. Ent. Res. 18: 191-204), but Waterson’s Onevlella is polyphyletic, as he was deceived by the common color pattern into thinking that at least two unrelated groups of species were congeneric. The color pattern in- volved occurs in a number of unrelated African Hymenoptera. It is evidently a mimicry pattern and as such should not be used as evi- dence for phyletic relationship. The genotype of Onedlella (formosa Brullé) is a species with which I am not familiar so it would not be profitable to speculate on the disposition of this generic name. Zono- cryptus sphingis Ashmead is very close to nigiriensis Waterston. I have the species Oneilella latifascia Waterston, 1927, and O. n- geriensis Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Zonocryptus and also the species O. subquadrata Waterston, 1927, and O. brevi- spicula Waterston, 1927, which should be referred to Weniadar Ss genus Cochlidionostenus (new combinations). Since Waterston states that Cryptus corpulentus Tosquinet, 1896, is closely related to subquadrata and brevispicula, this species also is referred to Cochlidionostenus (new combination). ZONOPIMPLA Ashmead, 1900. Proce. U. S. Natl. Mus. 23: 55. One species. Type: Zonopimpla albicincta Ashmead, 1900. Original designation. Though Ashmead stated that the genotype was from “‘ Africa’’ it is actually from Peru. The genus is related to Scambus (= Epiurus) and restricted to the Neotropic region. Cushman (1942. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 92: 283) has discussed the genus. He synonymized it with ‘KH piurus,’’ but it is distinct from ‘‘ Epiurus’’ in lacking the occipital carina and in lacking sculpture on the the abdominal tergites. bo —_ PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Uy ON THE VALIDITY OF HAEMAGOGUS SPEGAZZINII FALCO KUMM ET AL, 1946 (Diptera, Culicidae ) PEDRO GALINDO Gorgas Memorial Laboratory, Apartado 1252, Panama, Rk. de P. Kumm et al. (1946) described a new Haemagogus from Colombia with hairy larva and male with short palps and bushy antennae, which could be clearly differentiated from H. capricorni Lutz, but appeared very close to H. spegazzinu Brethes, being separable from the latter species only by details of the mesosome of the male when viewed from the side. The new form was named falco, but the describers considered it doubtful whether the characters defining it were of sufficient im- portance to justify the creation of a new species and placed it as a subspecies of spegazzini. In the same publication the name H. jan- thinomys Dyar, 1921, based on a species from the island of Trinidad, was relegated to the synonymy of H. spegazzini spegazzinn. Levi Castillo (1956), after examining the male terminalia of the hololectotype of H. janthinomys, concluded that this specimen shows the mesosome tip as in falco, and consequently sank H. spegazzinu falco Kumm et al., 1946, in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar, 1921. The author is not in agreement with Levi Castillo’s conclusions for the following reasons: 1) Cerqueira (1943) published a photomicrograph of the male terminalia of the hololectotype (then cotype) of H. janthinomys. As ean be observed in this excellent reproduction, the terminalia is only partly dissected and the mesosome is in ventral view, thus not well oriented to judge the shape of its tip, which, as pointed out by Kumm eft al. (loc. cit.),ean best be studied in lateral view. 2) The author, on a visit to the U. S. National Museum, personally examined the hololectotype slide of the terminalia of janthinomys. Although the mesosome in this preparation is not in a good position to permit a conclusive judgment, it appears to belong to an inter- grading form between spegazzinii and falco, close to the so-called ‘“ntermediate’’ type illustrated by Kumm and Cerqueira (1951) from areas of intergradation in Brazil. 3) Kumm ef al. (loc. cit.) in the same paper in which they de- scribed H. spegazzinii falco from Colombia stated: ‘‘the name jan- thinomys becomes a synonym of H. spegazzinii, as material obtained from the type area of spegazzinii, near Ledesma, Argentina, is the same as that from the island of Trinidad, B.W.I., the type locality of janthinomys.’’ This statement shows rather convincingly that these authors had material from Trinidad, as well as from Argentina, in front of them at the time they described falco, and found that speci- mens from Trinidad (janthinomys) were closer to type material of spegazzinui than to their new form. 4) The terminalia of 10 specimens of ‘‘janthinomys’’ from Trini- 122 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 dad in the collection of the Gorgas Memorial Laboratory have been dissected by the author and the mesosome mounted in lateral view. These specimens all show some degree of intergradation between spegazzinu and falco, but appear to be much closer to the former than to the latter (see photomicrographs). 5) More than a hundred mesosomes of males from Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama examined by the author appear identical with material from Colombia (falco) and differ from the mesosomes of males from Trinidad (janthinomys. ) 6) In mapping out the distribution of spegazzinu and falco, Kamm and Cerqueira (loc. cit.) show that while spegazzinu is quite abundant alone the northeastern coast of Brazil, being found all the way up into the State of Amapa along the border with French Guiana, falco is not coastal at all but ranges throughout the northwestern corner of Brazil. Specimens from the island of Trinidad would be logically expected to fall closer to spegazzinu, the common form along the Atlantic littoral of northern Brazil, rather than to falco which is more Andean in distribution. From these observations the author concludes that typical falco extends from northwestern Brazil and adjoining territories in Ecua- dor and Pern, through Western Venezuela and Colombia as far north as the north coast of Honduras. True spegazziniw occurs from north- ern Argentina and Bolivia, across eastern Brazil to French Guiana. The area of north-central Brazil, most of the Guianas, part of Vene- zuela, and the island of Trinidad (type locality of janthinomys) form a large intergrading zone where mesosomes of intermediate type are found, which neither correspond to typical spegazzimiw nor to typical falco. Since the form janthinomys falls in this category, but appears closer to the former than to the latter, the author feels that there is no justification for sinking H. spegazzinu falco Kumm et al., 1946, in the synonymy of H. janthinomys Dyar, 1921, and suggests that the latter be maintained in the synonymy of H. spegazziniw spegazzinu Brethes, 1912, as proposed by Kumm et al. (loc. cit.), and that falco be considered a valid name to designate a northern and western geographical race of spegazzini. EXPLANATION OF PLATE Fig. A, H. spegazzinii spegazzinii. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (without date) J. Lane’’; fig. B, H. janthinomys. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘St.. Pat’s; Arima, Trinidad, (8-1'5)-112-54. “D. ie iG.) 2Antkensa2 es eNiote similarity with mesosome shown in figure A); fig. C, H. janthinomys. Mesosome of a male from Tabaquite, Trinidad, (8-13)-1-55. UT. HM. G. Aitken’? fics: H. spegazzinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Choreha, Chiriqui, Panama, 5-6-50. P. Galindo.’’ (Note differences with figures B and C); fig. E, H. spegaz- zinii falco. Mesosome of a male from ‘‘Rio Mesapa, El Negrito, Department of Yoro, Honduras, 4-9-54. P. Orjuela. (Northernmost specimen of the species thus far collected). PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 124 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 REFERENCES Cerqueira, N. L., 1943. Algumas espécies novas da Bolivia, e referencia a tres espécies de Haemagogus. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 39: 1-14. Kumm, H. W., and Cerqueira, N. L. 1951. The Haemagogus mosquitoes of Brazil. Bul. Ent. Res. 42: 169-181. Kumm, H. W., Osorno-Mesa, E., and Boshell-Manrique, J. 1946. Studies on mosquitoes of the genus Haemagogus in Colombia. Amer. Jour. Hyg. 43: 13-28. Levi-Castillo, R. 1956. A systematic note on Haemagogus spegazzinii Brethes, 1912. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 58: 345-347. INSECTS OF MICRONESIA, HOMOPTERA: FULGOROIDEA by R. G. Fennah. Paper. Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Insects of Micronesia 6(3):[39]-211, 64 figs. Price $3.00. This work will be an indispensable tool for specialists working in Fulgoroidea of the included Pacific area for many years to come. The introduction includes a resume of the distribution of the 54 genera and 135 species known from Micronesia, a reasonable discussion of the probable sources of the Micronesian fauna in the groups studied by the author, and a charmingly frank account of the interpretation placed on degrees of morphological differences in the case of groups below the genus category. The last appeared quite reasonable to the reviewer and undoubtedly it will appear so to others engaged in taxonomy in the seclusion of a laboratory where, like Fennah’s, their evaluation of categories must rest on an appraisal of degrees of morphological differences, although ‘‘it is fully realized how poor an alternative such assessment must be for actual experimental investigation. ’’ Although the work lacks keys in some groups (e.g., Myndus with 18 forms), the included keys offer bonuses in several instances, in that they include more than the area under treatment: the key to families is for the world, the generic key of Cixiidae ineludes the Philippine Islands and Australasia, and the latter area is included also in the generie keys of Delphacidae and Derbidae. A minor weakness, but one worthy of comment because it occurs so commonly in works in Homoptera, is associated with Fennah’s treatment of the subgenus Sogatella which in this and one previous work he has discussed clearly enough to make it obvious that several Western Hemisphere taxa should be included in the concept. One cannot doubt that the author was well aware of this, yet he failed to mention the forms by name. If other specialists, in making identifica- tions (for field workers, for example) of the Western Hemisphere taxa place them in Sogatella, the publication of the new combination may, as a result, occur in some obscure organ not readily available to those who catalogue tax- onomic¢ literature. If the identifier purposely avoids this pitfall, and uses the older combination, he is placed in the position of delaying taxonomic progress. The reviewer subscribes to the opinion that it would have been preferable for Fennah to list by name all of the taxa he felt should be placed in his category Sogatella. The descriptions are well written and the illustrations excellent and well arranged.—Davip A. Youne, JR., Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 125 THREE NEW SPECIES OF LIPOSCELIS (=TROCTES) (PSOCOPTERA) FROM TEXAS KATHRYN M. SOMMERMAN, Arctic Health Research Center, Public Health Service, Department of Health, Education, and Wetlfare, Anchorage, Alaska These descriptions have been withdrawn from a comprehensive paper in preparation, which treats of the Liposcelidae, so that pub- lished records of the psocids taken in Texas by Dr. A. B. Gurney in the fall of 1951 may be complete. The terminology used here, for the most part, follows that proposed by Mr. J. V. Pearman in his 1946 and 1951 papers. I am also greatly indebted to Mr. Pearman for numerous sketches and personal correspondence that were of tre- mendous help to me in getting acquainted with the book-lhce. Dr. E. Broadhead contributed specimens of many of the species he has reared, and Dr. Gurney kindly lent his Texas collections for study. It is a pleasure to express my gratitude for the kind and generous assistance received from these three fellow-workers. When standard ‘‘permanent’’ mounting media, such as balsam, Euparal, and Hoyer’s, are used for book-lice there is a considerable decrease in visibility of the sculpturing on the integument, which often results in a complete loss of detail, especially after a lapse of time. Therefore these specimens were cleared in warm NaOH or KOH solution, then rinsed in water, and studied in temporary water- mounts containing a tiny bit of detergent to facilitate handling. Slight underclearing is recommended. Normal clearing, as for per- manent mounts or overclearing, makes the specimens more difficult to find and to handle. After study the specimens were returned to alcohol. Upon contact with alcohol the partially dissolved contents of these undercleared specimens coagulate, so it may be necessary to transfer the specimen momentarily to KOH upon future examination to make it translucent again. The measurements apply to cleared specimens in water-mounts, which are neither swollen nor shrunken because the gut ruptures when the specimen is rinsed and in so doing the psocid relaxes to normal size. The color descriptions refer to uncleared alcoholic specimens. In general there is a slight but progressive change in the sculpturing on the abdominal terga from ITI-IX. In an attempt to standardize comparisons the sculpturing on terga II and III is described for each species. It might be well to stress that ‘‘tergum I,’’ as used here, is composed of what appear to be two terga (I and II of Broadhead), each of which is further subdivided into an anterior and a posterior strip. This composite tergum I contains only two rows of setae, the same as each following tergum, when the setae are arranged in rows. M: d(orsal) on tergum VII refers to the seta behind the spiracle. Liposcelis lacinia n. sp. (Figs. 1 and 2) On the basis of color this species superficially resembles the species in the 126 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 bostrychophilus complex, but differs from them and all other known species in the shape of the lacinia and in the combination of setation and sculpturing of the head, thorax, and abdomen, as well as abdominal infuscation. Female.—Length 1.0 mm. Color dorsally agaist black background, almost uniformly light brown, exclusive of eyes. Head: Proportions, length and width equal. Dorsally—Setae not dense, distance between them 1 to 2 times their length or 2 to 4 times width of areoles. Sculptur- ing areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, 2 to 4 times longer than wide (the narrow ones toward mesal part of head) with 1 to 3 distinct nodules across width. Epicranial suture and arms indistinet. Eyes with 7 facets. Third antennal segment with approximately 16 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of lacinae incised and widely divergent (Fig. 1). FIGS. 1-7 VENTRAL VIEW 2 STEM OF LEFT | LACINIAE GONAPOPHYSES LIPOSCELIS LACINIA N. SP 3 LACINIAE 4 STEM OF LEFT 5° T=SCUERITE GONAPOPHYSES LIPOSCELIS DELTA-CHI N.SP K cl 7 STEM OF LEFT 6 LACINIAE GONAPOPHYSES LIPOSCELIS NASUS N.SP 2 Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3 short setae usually posteriorly. Mesothorax with interrupted median internal thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings, only 2 setae along each indistinct arch where lateral thickenings would be if present. Seculpturing on metathorax areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate, a few containing distinet modules. On anterior half of prothoracie sternum 3 long setae (median one slightly shorter), none posteriorly. On mesosternum 8 long setae in row anteriorly. Abdomen: Infuseation of terga II and III diffuse, sculpturing behind each posterior row of setae similar to that anteriorly, and with very narrow but distinct linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI with slightly paler band of sculpturing behind posterior row of setae. Pale median lineation on anterior margin of terga III-VII. Seulpturing of terga IJ and III areolate, not interrupted medianly; areoles long and narrow, about 5 to 7 times longer than wide, with margins ridged; areoles containing distinct modules, usually only 1 nodule across width of areole. Setae tending toward arrangement in 2 rows PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 127 across each of terga II-V, thereafter scattered; on tergum VIII density of un- named setae similar to head. On terga VII, M: d,v both short; VIII, M: d short, v long, L short (not identifiable), stem of gonapophyses long, slender, bifid (Fig. 2), T-sclerite normal; IX, M: d,v subequal, D present, 8 setae in apical row between marginals; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row. Male.—Unknown. Holotype, cleared female in alcohol, Kerrville, Tex., Sept. 20, 1951, under sycamore bark on tree trunks beside river, A. B. Gurney. De- posited in U. S. National Museum. Liposcelis delta-chi n. sp. (Figs. 3 to 5) This species is most closely related to entomophilus (Endl. 1907) but can be distinguished readily from it by the darker color and different color pattern, and by the shape and conspicuous brown color of the T-sclerite and stem of the gonapophyses. Female: length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background—head, femora and anterior three-fourths of abdomen light yellow-brown, thorax light brown, tip of abdomen brown; indefinite lateral fuscous patches on abdominal terga becoming progressively larger posteriorly. Ventrally—part of paraprocts, stem of gonapophyses, and T-sclerite conspicuous brown. Head: Proportions, length to width at 25 to 24. Dorsally—Setae dense, dis- tance between them 1% to 1 times their length or 1 to 4 times width of areoles. Sculpturing areolate, imbricate; areoles delicately ridge-marginate and narrow, especially toward middle of head, those near eyes more boldly ridge-marginate and wider; areoles for most part with extremely fine pin-point nodules, too fine to count, but a few toward middle of head and near eyes with large, distinct nodules; areoles 2 to 5 times longer than wide. Epicranial suture and arms distinct, suture with internal thickening posteriorly. Eyes with 8 facets. Third antennal seg- ment with approximately 20 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae stubby (Fig. 3). Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 to 3 slightly shorter setae on anterior margin, and 3 to 5 shorter setae posteriorly. Mesothorax with distinet median internal thickening with adjoiming arched lateral thickenings having 5 setae, including 1 mesally, along each lateral arch. Sculp- turing on metathorax areolate, areoles nodule-marginate and containing distinct nodules. On anterior half of prothoracie sternum, 6 to 7 long setae in arched row, the posterior ones longest, none isolated on posterior half. On mesosternum, 8 to 9 setae in row anteriorly. Abdomen: Infuscation of terga II and III diffuse, with very narrow but dis- tinct linear intersegmental membrane between terga; terga V-VI with paler band of sculpturing posteriorly. Bold median lineations on anterior margin of terga TI-VIJ. Sculpturing on terga II and III non-areolate but distinctly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling. Unnamed setae on tergum VIII truneate, numerous and scattered, as dense as setation on head. On terga VII, M: d, v long, subequal, but not so long as VIII M: VIII, M: 4, v long, subequal, L present, stem of gonapophyses extremely short and stout, wider than long, bifid, 128 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 (Fig. 4), T-selerite (Fig. 5); IX, M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row. Male.—Unknown. Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Garner State Park, Texas, Sept. 22, 1951, beating mesquite with air plants on twigs, A. B. Gurney. Paratype, cleared female in alcohol, same data. Both speei- mens deposited in USNM. The name refers to the conspicuous brown T-sclerite and stem of the gonapophyses, the first being somewhat deltoid in shape and the latter suggestive of the Greek letter “X”’. Liposcelis nasus n. sp. (Figs. 6 and 7) This species is perhaps most closely (but rather remotely) related to hirsutus Badonnel 1948 from which it differs in many ways, the most conspicuous being color and color pattern, and seulpturine of the head. Female.—Length 1.4 mm. Color dorsally against black background yellow- buff; indefinite fusecous patch (pigment granules) antero-mesad of each eye and at tip of second antennal segment; labrum and anterior part of clypeus brown gradually fading to yellow-buff at vertex of head; terminal part of abdo- men pale. Head: Proportions, length to width as 22 to 20. Dorsally—Setae not dense, distance between them equal to their length. Seulpturing areolate, imbricate; areoles ridge-marginate (some fused nodule-marginate), areoles containing 1 to 2 small nodules across width; areoles 3 to 8 times longer than wide, narrow ones toward middle of head. Epicranial suture indistinet. Eyes with 8 facets. Third antennal segment with approximately 14 rings. Ventrally—Prongs of laciniae normal (Fig. 6). Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 2 shorter setae on anterior margin and 3 to 4 posteriorly. Mesothorax with short median internal thickening, lacking arched lateral thickenings. Sculpturing on meta- thorax nonareolate but distinetly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling. On anterior half of prothoracic sternum 4 to 5 long setae, none on posterior half. On mesosternum 8 to 9 long setae in row anteriorly, lateral ones longest. Abdomen: Infuscation on terga IJ and IIT diffuse, with very narrow but dis- tinet linear intersegmental membrane between terga. Terga IV-VI lacking obvious pale band of sculpturing posteriorly. Seulpturing on terga II and III nonareolate but distinctly nodulate, suggestive of patterned stippling, not interrupted medianly. No median lineations or heavy infuscation on anterior margin of terga II-VII. Two longer setae near mid-line on terga VII, VIII and IX. Unnamed setae on tergum VIII not so dense as on head. On terga VII, M: d short, v long, but not so long as VIII M; VIII, M: d, v long, subequal, L short (not identifiable), stem of gonapophyses very wide, delicate, bifid (Fig. 7), T-sclerite normal; IX, M: d, v subequal, D present; epiproct, 2 longest setae in second row. PROC. ENT. SOC, WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 129 Male.—Length 0.8 mm. Differs from female as follows: Fuscous markings much less conspicuous. Head: Proportions, length to width as 16 to 15. Eyes with 5 facets. Lacinia similar to female but more delicate. Thorax: Each lateral lobe of prothorax with long humeral seta plus 1 slightly shorter seta on anterior margin and 2 shorter ones posteriorly. On anterior half of prothoracic sternum 4 long setae, none posteriorly. On mesosternum 6 long setae in row anteriorly. Holotype, uncleared female in alcohol, Mission, Tex., Sept. 30, 1951, beating Fan palm leaves, A. B. Gurney. Allotype, same data. Paratypes, 21 females (3 cleared) same data. All deposited in U. 8. National Museum excepting 1 uncleared and 2 cleared paratypes, which are in my collection. Additional Texas records taken by A. B. Gurney in 1951 include: 2 mutilated females, same data as holotype ; Mission, Bentson State Park, Sept. 28, beating mesquite, ?° ; Mission, Sept. 30, beating ebony bushes on pasture land, @ ; Weslaco, Oct. 1, beating dead leaves on palm trees, 3, 8 2; 5S. of Brownsville, Rabb Palm Grove, Oct. 3, beating dead palm leaves, 3, 2 9; 9 mi. N. of Brownsville, Olmita Resaca, Oct. 4, beating palms and palmettos ¢, 75 he REFERENCES Broadhead, E. 1950. A revision of the genus Liposcelis Motschulsky with notes on the position of this genus in the order Corrodentia and on the variability of ten Liposcelis species. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. 101(10): 335-388. Pearman, J. V. 1946. A_ specific characterization of Liposcelis divinatorius (Mueller) and mendaxz sp. n. (Psocoptera). Entomologist 79: 235-244. , 1951. Additional species of British Psocoptera. Ent. Monthly Mag. 87: 84-89. ASHMEAD’S METEORIDEA (HYMENOPTERA: BRACONIDAE) R. D. SHENEFELT, University of Wisconsin, Madison, and C. F. W. MUESEBECK, United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. In 1900 Ashmead (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 128, 129) briefly characterized the genus Meteoridea in his key to the Microdini. The description as extracted from the key is as follows: “¢First cubital and first discoidal cells separated; areolet wider than long, trapezoidal; first abscissa of the radius thrice as long as the second; marginal cell very wide; maxillary palpi 5-jointed; abdomen narrow, subcompressed and acute at apex, the first segment long, petioliform, coarsely rugulose, the sides parallel. Meteoridea Ashmead, new genus (Type, Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, manuscript.) ’’ Szepligeti (1904, Genera Insectorum, fase. 22:100) repeated Ash- mead’s description and placed the genus in the Agathidinae. Muese- 130 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 beck and Walkley (1951, 7n Muesebeck et al, U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. No. 2, p. 109) transferred Meteoridea to the Diospilini. Mean- while, Nixon (1941, Bull. Ent. Res. 32 :98-101) described from Ceylon a monobasic diospiline genus which he named Benama (type, B. hutson Nixon). In this paper Nixon described in some detail the unusual modification of the female abdomen. In 1949 Granger (Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar, A 2 :361-363) described two additional species in Benama from Madagascar. Since, in our opinion, Benama is clearly the same as Meteoridea, and since two new species have been discovered, one from the United States and one from Japan, it seems desirable that Meteoridea be redeseribed and that the type species be described in more detail. The two new species will also be described. METEORIDEA Ashmead Meteoridea Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129. Type: M. longiventris Ashmead, by monotypy and original designation. Benama Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Res. 32: 98. New synonymy. Type: B. hutsoni Nixon, by monotypy and original designation. Nixon’s excellent description of the type of Benama leaves no doubt that this species belones in Meteoridea, a genus he did not know since it had been inadequately described and had been incorrectly placed by its author in the Agathidinae. Following is a summary of what seem to be the significant distinguishing characters of Meteoridea: Head carinately margined behind; eyes bare; clypeus separated from face by a distinct groove; maxillary palpi 6-segmented; labial palpi 4-segmented; an- tennae slender, filiform. Notaulices complete, well impressed, not meeting be- hind; prepectus strongly carinately margined; legs slender, calearia of hind tibia very short and inconspicuous, tarsal claws simple; anterior wing with three cubital cells, the second subquadrate or subtrapezoidal, the first cubital and first discoidal cells separated. Abdomen narrowly sessile, strongly compressed apically in the female; spiracles of second and third segments situated on the sides, far below the acute lateral margins of the tergites; ovipositor sheath subexserted. Meteorus longiventris Ashmead Meteoridea longiventris Ashmead, 1900. Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 23: 129; Szepligeti, 1904. Genera Insectorum, fase. 22: 100; Muesebeck and Walkley, 1951. In Muesebeck et al., U. S. Dept. Agr., Agr. Monog. No. 2, p. 109. The following redescription is based on Ashmead’s type and one additional female specimen that was collected at light by R. A. Morse, April 19, 1955, in Alachua County, Florida. Female.—Length about 4.2 mm. Head and thorax honey-yellow; antennae yel- low basally, darkened apically; wings clear hyaline, stigma hyaline, veins in middle of anterior wing yellowish brown; legs entirely pale yellow; abdomen red- dish yellow, with first and second tergites more or less piceous. Head a little wider than thorax, smooth and polished; temple narrow, receding, not more than one third as wide as eye; eyes very large; malar space exceedingly PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13] short, almost absent; clypeus with anterior margin sinuate and somewhat elevated ; antennae broken in type, nearly as long as the body and 26-segmented in the other specimen. Notaulices sharply, deeply impressed, foveolate; mesonotal lobes and dise of scutellum perfectly smooth and polished; mesopleuron with a broad, rugulose longitudinal impression below; propodeum rugose reticulate; radius arising from slightly behind middle of stigma; first discoidal cell sessile or subsessile; first abscissa of radius twice as long as second and subequal with first intereubitus; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; nervellus nearly perpendicular to anterior margin of hind wing and weakly angled or curved near middle. Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite finely, longitudinally rugu- lose, more than three times as long as broad at base and one and one-half times as broad at apex as at base, and with a large, deep fossa at base on each side; suturiform articulation very fine but distinct; second and following tergites smooth and polished. Meteoridea compressiventris, new species @hicssie 2; 3,4) Differs from the genotype and only other North American species in numerous details but especially in its piceous head, largely dark stigma, strongly petiolate first discoidal cell, and outwardly directed nervellus. Female. Length 4.7 to 5.4 mm. Head piceous; basal half of mandible tan; palpi yellowish tan; antenna fuscous, with scape and pedicel testaceous; thorax largely light fuscous, propodeum a little darker than remainder; tegulae yellow; legs testaceous; abdomen with first tergite and lateral margins of conjoined sec- ond and third tergites brownish, otherwise testaceous, becoming paler ventrally and apically; wings hyaline, veins brownish, stigma brown with basal third pale. Head about twice as wide as long, broader than thorax, smooth and shining; eyes large; malar space less than half as long as elypeus; face 1.5 times as wide at lower edges of antennal sockets as deep from this line to clypeal suture, a little swollen below antennae; clypeus three times as wide as deep, its apical margin nearly straight but with a weak projection centrally; ocelli large, greatest diame- ter of a lateral ocellus equal to length of pedicel and nearly as long as ocell-ocular line; antennae nearly as long as body, with 30 segments in type and 28 in one paratype; pedicel two-thirds as long as scape; first flagellar segment slightly longer than scape and pedicel combined; genae, temples, basal two-thirds of man- dibles; apex of labrum, clypeus, vertex, and face with scattered yellowish hairs, which are absent on a shining depressed area above antennae. Pronotum coarsely crenulate in depressed area on side; mesonotum shining, with minute punctures which are numerous on middle lobe and scattered on lateral lobes; notaulices deep, complete but not meeting posteriorly, foveolate, a rugu- lose area between their posterior ends; prescutullar fovea two-thirds as long as dise of scutellum, divided into two parts by a median carina; disc of scutellum convex, virtually smooth; propodeum largely covered with irregular reticulations but with two large, nearly semicircular, basal areas smooth and polished; pro- podeal spiracles small, circular in outline; mesopleuron largely smooth, a little roughened next to prepectal carina and metapleuron; mesopleural furrow foveolate 132 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Meteoridea compressiventris, female: Fig. 1, Dorsal aspect; fig. 2, lateral as- pect; fig. 3, anterior view of head; fig. 4, wings. Meteoridea japonensis, female: fig. 5, outline of clypeus. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 13: posteriorly, rugulose anteriorly; legs moderately slender; radius arising from a little beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius 0.8 the length of second; second cubital cell much narrower above than below; first discoidal cell strongly petiolate, the petiole one-third the length of the free portion of first abscissa of cubitus; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; hairs on submedian and second discoidal cells a little Jonger and denser than elsewhere; nervellus strongly directed outward, angled far below the middle; lower abscissa of basella about half as long as mediella. Abdomen long and narrow, five or more times as long as its greatest width, greatiy compressed apically and with six exposed tergites; first tergite strongly arched, longitudinally rugulose punctate although with some small transverse rugae near basal impression, its spiracles small and situated very slightly before the iniddle; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished, the suturiform articulation nearly effaced; first tergite about half as wide at apex as long; second one and ” one-half times as long as wide at base, an oval ‘‘lunula’’ on the side above and behind the spiracle; terminal segments retractile. Male.—Unknown. Type.—u. S. National Museum No. 63094. Described from three females, all taken by R. D. Shenefelt from a light trap at Gordon Nursery, Douglas Co., Wis., in 1951. The holotype was collected June 30; one of the paratypes, collected June 21, is deposited in the collection of the University of Wisconsin, the other, taken July 4, is in the collection of R. D. Shenefelt. Meteoridea japonensis, new species (Fie. 5) Meteoridea sp. Haeussler, 1940. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 728:30. Superficially very similar to longiventris, but differs in having the temples broader and more convex, in the first and second abscissae of radius being subequal, and in the first tergite being parallel-sided behind the spiracles. Female.—Length 4 mm. Head yellow; apieal third of mandible piceous; an- tennae basally unicolorous with face, becoming fuscous beyond basal third; thorax concolorous with head, the propodeum sometimes slightly darker; legs yel- low; first tergite brownish yellow and parts of the second and third tergites also a little darkened, remainder of abdomen concolorous with head and thorax; wings hyaline, stigma yellowish hyaline edged with brownish. Head smooth and polished, transverse, broader than thorax; eyes large; malar space almost absent; face not or only very slightly wider than deep, moderately swollen below antennae; clypeus about half as deep as broad, the anterior por- tion reflexed laterally, the anterior margin somewhat sinuate but with a blunt projection centrally (fig. 5); greatest diameter of a lateral ocellus equal to length of pedicel but distinctly shorter than ocellocular line; antennae 29-segmented in the type; first flagellar segment as long as scape and pedicel combined and a little longer than the second; occipital carina incomplete, narrowly interrupted at the middle; genae and face with seattered pale hairs that are longest on the lower portions; basal two-thirds of mandibles, elypeus, and tower part of labrum with long yellowish hairs. 134 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Mesonotum shining, smooth except for small, scattered hair pits; notaulices deep, foveolate, well separated at posterior ends; prescutellar furrow nearly half as long as scutellum and divided into two parts by a median longitudinal carina ; seutellum weakly convex; propodeum with strong carinae separating irregular, small, more or less roughened areas, a pair of strong carinae diverging slightly from the center of base of propodeum to posterior face and then diverging sharply to form a border between the dorsal and posterior faces; propodeal spiracles small, broadly ovate; mesopleuron shining, with scattered punctures; mesopleural furrow foveolate, about half as long as mesopleuron; legs slender; spurs of hind tibia so small as to be barely distinguishable from the hairs; an- terior wing with radius emerging slightly beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius as long as the second and shorter than first intercubitus; second cubital cell subtrapezoidal, its anterior side about two-thirds as long as posterior side which is subequal to first intereubitus; first discoidal cell sessile; recurrent vein entering first cubital cell; nervulus postfureal by about its length; nervellus slightly curved, not distinctly angled; lower abscissa of basella less than one-third as long as mediella. Abdomen very narrow, about eight times as long as broad across second tergite, strongly compressed apically; first tergite in lateral view strongly arched on basal third, nearly three times as long as broad at apex, the sides nearly parallel except at base, the surface irregularly longitudinally rugulose, the spiracles at end of basal third; second tergite twice as long as broad at apex, irregularly and very weakly longitudinally aciculate, separated from third by a very fine grooved line; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished. Male.—lLike the female except in the secondary sexual characters and in the following additional respects: propodeum and first tergite not darkened; anten- nae 35-segmented in the allotype; temples somewhat broader; abdomen not com- pressed; second tergite about as long as broad at apex; third and following ter- gites combined about as long as first tergite. Type.—vU. 8S. National Museum No. 63252. Described from three specimens: the holotype, reared from Grapho- litha molesta (Busek), August 1, 1933, Mitsuoka, Nagano, Japan; the allotype, reared from Anacampsis metagramma Meyr., July 22, 1937, Tsunashima, Kanagawa-kon, Japan, and a female paratype reared from G. molesta August 16, 1933, Heitaku, Keikido, Chosen. The paratype has the second tergite smooth and shining. OTHER SPECIES OF METEORIDEA The other known species of Meteoridea are the following: Meteoridea hutsoni (Nixon), new combination. Benama hutsoni Nixon, 1941. Bull. Ent. Research 82: 98. Meteoridea infuscata (Granger), new combination. Benama infuscata Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2: 363. Meteoridea testacea (Granger), new combination. Benama testacea Granger, 1949. Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar A2Q: 362. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 BY DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORDS OF NORTH AMERICAN MELOIDAE. I. (COLEOPTERA ) RicHARD B. SELANDER, Illinois Natural History Survey The Meloidae described in this paper are additions to the fauna of the southwestern United States and northern Mexico. I am indebted to H. B. Leech, A. T. McClay, J. W. MacSwain, F. H. Parker, P. Vaurie, and F. G. Werner for supplying most of the material upon which the paper is based. Pyrota bicurvata, new species Pyrota virgata |error for divirgata|, Schaeffer, 1905, Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci., Sei. Bull. 1:177. Misidentification. Pyrota tenwicostatis, Dillon, 1952, Amer. Midland Nat. 48:360. Misidentifica- tion, in part. Yellow-orange, the elytra paler. First two segments of antennae and first three segments of maxillary palpi orange, the other segments black. Labrum largely or completely black. Head with one or three black spots on neck, occasionally with some black on gula, always with a pair of black spots on frontal area between eyes. Pronotum with a pair of large, black discal spots just behind middle and a pair of smaller spots on each side, one just anterior to discal spots and the other on the anterior angle of the pronotum, not quite attaiming the margin; occa- sionally there are one or more black spots on each of the posterior angles of the pronotum. Elytra each with a large, oval black scutellar spot and a moderately broad black discal vitta which, except where it is narrowed to avoid the scutellar spot, is about one-third the width of the elytron. Fore and middle coxae orange; hind coxae varying from black tipped with orange to largely orange. Femora and tibiae cleanly tipped with black. Under surface black with orange markings of variable extent; in the darkest specimens the margins of the thoracic sclerites, a broad marginal area of the fifth visible abdominal sternite, and the sixth visible sternite are orange; in the lightest the thorax is largely orange, the first four visible sternites are broadly bordered with orange, and both the fifth and sixth visible sternites are orange. Upper surface subglabrous; under surface sparsely clothed with short, pale pubescence. Length: 7-17 mm. Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with seattered larger punctures and fine, sparse micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to one-fourth longer than broad. Elytra finely, densely punctate; surface finely granulose, not at all rugulose, less shiny than head and pronotum, not swollen between costulae. First segment of middle and hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to apex or absent. Hind tibial spurs thickened and obliquely truncate, the outer spur heavier; truneature of outer spur usually broadly oval but varying ocea- sionally to a more elongate and pointed form. Male.—Antennae with segment II curved in the same direction as I; III strongly compressed and curved in the opposite direction (fig. 9). Last segment of maxillary palpi (fig. 1) modified but not greatly enlarged; length equal to about two-thirds distance between eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory surface limited to basal half or less of segment, hardly or not at all concave. Fore tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically produced. Sixth visible abdominal 136 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 sternite with a relatively shallow, broadly triangular emargination;!} membranous zone large, with much shorter setae along emargination and at center than along anterior and lateral margins. Genitalia as in figure 5; gonostyli nearly straight; dorsal hook of aedeagus sharply bent at apex. Female.—Antennae with segments II and III at least slightly curved but IIT not compressed. Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible ab- cdominal sternite obtusely emarginate, as in figure 7. Distribution.— Gulf Coast from Texas to eastern San Luis Potosi. Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from [Ciudad | Victoria, Tamaulipas, May 22, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and R. Schrammel, in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: Nuevo LEON: 1 female, Linares, Sept. 11, 1947, F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 female, Monterrey, June 15, 1941, H. S. Dybas; 2 females, Vallecillo, June 2-5, 1951, P. D. Hurd. San Luis Porosi: 1 female, 11 km. E Ciudad de Valles, May 29, 1948, tropical jungle pass, F. Werner and W. Nutting. TAMAULI- PAS: 6 males, 7 females, eutopotypical; 1 male, Ciudad Victoria, Sept. 11, 1947, F. Johnson donor, collectors C. and P. Vaurie; 1 male, Ciudad Victoria, Aug. 19, 1941, H. 8. Dybas; 1 male, 1 female, Aba- solo, May 17, 1952, M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, and R. Schrammel. TEXAs: 1 male, 3 females, state label only, Aug., 1904; 2 males, 11 females, Brownsville, May 30 and June 5, 1932, J. O. Martin; 1 male, Edin- bure, S. Mulaik; 1 female, Edinburg, Hidaleo County, April, 1939, S. and D. Mulaik; 1 female, Harlingen; 1 female, Hearne, June 7, 1937, K. Maehler ; 1 male, Naval Air Station, Corpus Christi, July 21, 1942, W. M. Gordon; 1 male, 1 female, Weslaco, Sept. 15, 1931, S. W. Clark. Paratypes in the collections of W. R. Enns, R. B. Se- lander, F. G. Werner, the American Museum of Natural History, the California Academy of Sciences, the Illinois Natural History Survey, and the University of California at Berkeley. This species appears to be most closely related to divirgata, with which it has been confused. Although I have not seen the specimens from Brownsville, Tex., identified as divirgata by Schaeffer, his de- scription leaves little doubt that they represent bicurvata. Schaeffer’s record seems to have been the basis for the inclusion of divirgata in the Leng catalogue. True divirgata is not known to occur north of Veracruz. In Dillon’s report on the Meloidae of Texas at least one specimen of bicurvata (7.e., a male from Edinburg) was recorded under the name tenwicostatrs. A number of additional specimens studied have been similarly misidentified by others. The species tenuicostatis ap- parently occupies the entire range of bicurvata but is known to extend farther south. I have seen specimens of tenwicostatis from Texas, Tamaulipas, and Veracruz. The species has been recorded also from Tabasco. 1Jn dealing with either sex of species of Pyrota it is usually necessary to relax specimens to determine the true form of this sternite. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 137 Pyrota bicurvata might be confused also with trochanterica, a far- western species treated below. Pending a much-needed revision of the genus Pyrota the following key will serve to distinguish bicurvata, divirgata, tenwicostatis, and trochanterica from one another. leBasalstwovor three antennal sepments pale eer ee 2 Antennae entirely black... Y 2. Antennal segment III curved in both sexes, strongly Gouipreaded in male (fig. 9); pronotum with two spots on each side before middle; male with last seg- ment of maxillary palpi not greatly enlarged, beneath with sensory surface covering basal half or less (fig. 1); female with sixth visible abdominal sternite obtusely emarginate (fig. 7) (Texas to San Luis Potosi) Sy 2 Be Nie EU ba ete 0 1 ee SE Oy Bh oe ee ae oe ee bicurvata Selander Antennal segment III not modified ; peondtum with at most one spot on each side before middle; male with last segment of maxillary palpi greatly en- larged, beneath with sensory surface covering all but apex (fig. 2); female with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (Guerrero and Oaxaca: tomVierackz)) a. ames = sss ot divirgata (Villada and Pefafiel) Dark orange; elytra weakly costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi extremely elongate, scaphiform (fig. 4), first three segments of fore tarsi strongly produced anteriorly at apex; female with sixth visible abdominal sternite weakly notched at apex (Texas to Tabasco). tenuicostatis (Duges) Yellow-orange; elytra not costate; male with last segment of maxillary palpi pyriform (fig. 3), fore tarsi expanded but not asymmetrically produced; female with sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate (fig. 8) (Baja California, Sonora, and Arizona) sss SCSstC—ts—‘sSSSCtochannterrica Horn se) ~~ Pyrota trochanterica Horn This species has been recorded previously only from the type locality in Baja California. It is now known from a second locality in Baja California and has been found also in southern Arizona and Sonora, where it is represented by a distinct race. Yellow-orange. Head and pronotum marked with black. Antennae and mavxil- lary palpi black. Labrum largely or entirely black or brownish. Elytra each with a large, oval black scutellar spot and a very broad back vitta, which, except where it is narrowed to avoid the seutellar spot, is at least three-fifths the width of the elytron. Tarsi black. Under surface black, with at most the margins of the thoracic sclerites and the hind margin of the abdominal sternites orange; sixth visible abdominal sternite of female almost always orange at tip. Upper surface subglabrous; under surface sparsely clothed with short, pale pubescence. Head and pronotum smooth, shiny, with scattered larger punctures and_ fine micropunectures. Pronotum depressed anteriorly, one-fifth to nearly one-third longer than broad. Elytra rather coarsely, very densely punctate; surface finely granulose, distinctly rugulose, uneven, less shiny than head and pronotum, not swollen between costulae. First segment of hind tarsi with pad (pale pubescence) limited to apex. Hind tibial spurs thickened, obliquely truncate, the outer spur heavier; truncature of both spurs elongate, pointed. Male.—Antennae unmodified; segment III as long as or longer than IV, simi- 138 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 lar to it in shape, not at all expanded or curved. Last segment of maxillary palpi (fig. 3) modified, greatly enlarged; length nearly or fully equal to distance be- tween eyes on frontal area; beneath with sensory surface deeply concave, covering all but apex of segment. Fore tarsi somewhat expanded but not asymmetrically produced. Fifth visible abdominal sternite noticeably emarginate. Sixth deeply and acutely emarginate; membranous zone large, with setae of nearly uniform length. Genitalia as in figure 6, with a fairly wide range of individual variation ; gonostyli divergent apically, strongly curved dorsad; dorsal hook of aedeagus slightly hooked at apex. Female.—Maxillary palpi and fore tarsi not modified. Sixth visible abdominal sternite triangularly emarginate, as in figure 8. This species, like bicurvata, seems to be most closely related to divirgata. Two subspecies of trochanterica may be recognized, as follows. Pyrota trochanterica trochanterica Horn Pyrota trochanterica Horn, 1894, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2)4:439. More heavily marked with black than t. werneri. Neck, occiput, and gula black; vertex usually with black markings at sides, these often fusing with occipital marking; frontal area with a heavy spot, usually touching eyes and extending to lower margin of frontal area. Pronotum with a basie pattern of a pair of discal spots and a spot on each side anterior to the discal spots, but the pattern is masked to a greater or lesser extent by fusion of the spots; black markings reach- ing basal margin of pronotum. Seutellar spot and vitta of each elytron narrowly separated or fused. Femora black. Tibiae black for apical third (oceasionally entirely black). Abdomen, except, usually, tip of sixth visible sternite of female, black. Length: 8-19 mm. Male.—Fore tarsi more strongly expanded than in ft. werneri. Distribution. Cape region of Baja California. Records.—Baja California Sur: 10 mi. NW La Paz, Oct. 6, 1941, Ross and Bohart, 17; Sierra El Chinehe, 2 (Horn type material). Type Locality.—Sierra El] Chinche, Baja California Sur. The type locality is a small mountain range about 10 miles north of San Lueas, Baja California Sur, at approximately 23°N-110°W (see Michel- bacher and Ross, 1942, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei., (4)24(1), pl. 3). The frontal black mark is reduced in 6 of the 19 specimens studied to the small spot or pair of spots found in some ¢t. wernert. The pro- notal spots are fused on each side in all but 3 specimens and in these the lateral spots extend to the basal margin of the pronotum. In the EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Species of Pyrota as labeled.—Figs. 1 to 4, Right maxillary palpus of males, dorsal view (broken line indicates extent of ventral sensory surface); figs. 5 and 6, male genitalia, ventral and lateral views of gonoforceps, and lateral view of aedeagus; figs. 7 and 8, sixth visible abdominal sternite of females; fig. 9, basal antennal segments of male, lateral and dorsal views. Localities for specimens figured: P. bicurvata, Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas; divirgata, Mexeala, Guerrero; tenuicostatis, Laredo, Tex.; trochanterica, Tueson, Ariz., (figs. 3 and 8) and 10 mi. NW La Paz, Baja California Sur (fig. 6). 23 Nh OA 7 20 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 139 BICURVATA TROCHANTERICA TENUICOSTATIS TROCHANTERICA 5 BICURVATA = TROCHANTERICA BICURVATA 140 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 most heavily marked specimens all but the midline of the pronotum is black. The seutellar spots are fused to the elytral vittae in 6 speci- mens. The original description of trochanterica was based on specimens from the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Material returned to the Academy by Horn consists of 2 female syntypes. From this material I hereby designate as the lectotype of trochanterica the specimen labeled as follows: Sierra El Chinche, Horn type, No. 164B, 10.744, Lectotype trochanterica |Van Duzee’s unpublished designa- tion (Leech, in litt.) ], Type No. 158. Pyrota trochanterica werneri, new subspecies Less heavily marked with black than f¢. trochanterica. Dorsal black marking of head reduced, confined largely or entirely to neck, usually divided to form three spots; sides of vertex unmarked; frontal area immaculate or with a small spot or pair of spots between eyes. Pronotum with a pair of discal spots behind middle and usually a smaller spot on each side just anterior to discal spots; spots well separated, not approaching basal margin of pronotum. Scutellar spot and vitta of each elytron well separated. Femora and tibiae orange tipped with black. Hind margin of abdominal sternites occasionally orange. Length: 7-17 mm. Male.—Fore tarsi less strongly expanded than in ¢. trochanterica. Distribution.—Southern Arizona to Guaymas, Sonora. In all prob- ability the range of ¢. werner is continuous through northern Sonora. The existence of a contact with the range of ¢. trochanterica seems 1m- probable. Type Material.—Holotype male and allotype female from Guaymas, Sonora, Aug. 5, 1940, R. P. Allen, in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, Paratypes: Sonora: 1 female, Empalme, Aug. 6, 1940, R. P. Allen; 4 males, eutopotypical; 1 male, 1 female, Guay- mas, Aug. 28, 1955, Z. B. Noon, Jr. [taken at light (Werner, on lit.) |. Additional Material—ARrizona: Organ Pipe Cactus National Monu- ment, Pima County, Aug. 6, 1955, F. G. Werner and G. D. Butler, 1; Thatcher, Aug. 13 and 16, 1950, E. J. Taylor, 2; Thatcher, Aug. 18, 1951, W. Taylor, 1; Tucson, Aug. 1, 1937, F. H. Parkers itweson: Oct. 1, 19382, F. H. Parker, 1; Tucson, Sept., 1948, V. G. Cochran, 1; Tucson Mountains (Desert Museum), Aug. 12, 1955, light trap, G. Butler and F. Werner, 7. Paratypes and other material in the collections of F. H. Parker, R. B. Selander, F. G. Werner, the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, the University of Arizona, and the Uni- versity of California at Davis. All specimens from Sonora are typical, as described above. Speci- mens from Arizona differ consistently in that the black femoral mark- ing is more extensive, especially on the posterior surface and dorsal edge, covering as much as half the surface area of the segment. This condition presumably reflects the influence of ¢t. trochanterica on the population in Arizona, but if such is the case, it is unusual that sam- ples of the population are, on the average, no more heavily marked with black on the head and body than material from Sonora. AI- PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 141 though perhaps entitled to subspecific status separately, the popula- tion in Arizona is for the present assigned to ¢. werneri. Lytta arizonica, new species Closely related to mirifica Werner, from which it differs as follows: Head black, suffused with dark orange or piceous on frontal area. Pronotum yellow-orange, transversely oval in shape, proportionately broader (except in 1 specimen), averaging (13 specimens) 0.15 (0.11-0.22) broader than long; sides more evenly rounded, especially from middle to apex. Apex of scutellum broader, pale in color. Elytra strongly, rather finely reticulate, all or nearly all cells less than 0.5 mm. in diameter. In arizonica the elytral reticulations are nearly as fine as in deserticola Horn; in mirifica they are as coarse as in reticulata Say. Imme- diate base of elytra sometimes washed with orange. Wings uniformly dark brown. Length: 13-20 mm. Male.—Genitalia with fused gonocoxites (basal piece) generally slightly shorter and more truneate. Type Material—Holotype male and allotype female from Littlefield, Arizona, April 20, 1930, W. J. Gertsch, in the collection of the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History. Paratypes: 11 (male and female), eutopotypical. Paratypes in the collections of R. B. Selander, F. G. Werner, and the American Museum of Natural History. The type locality of arizonica is in the Valley of the Virgin River in the northwestern corner of Arizona; mirifica is known only from its type locality at Anthony, New Mexico. Both species appear to be ex- tremely rare. (Date of publication, Vol. 59, No. 2, was May 8, 1957.) NEW AMMUNITION ? Search for improved insecticides and fumigants gets high priority at DiaMonp’s enlarged Research Center. Increasing sales of our own products give evidence of this interest. We welcome requests for cooperation on research and development projects. DIAMOND ALKALI $ COMPANY Cleveland 14, Ohio 142 PROC. ENT, SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 A Cyanamid Report Resistance Resistance to chlorinated hydrocarbon type insecticides has been proven or suspected in: cockroaches house flies mosquitoes flea beetles Colorado potato beetle cotton boll weevil dog and cat fleas body lice bed bugs lygus bugs codling moth cotton leaf worm leafhoppers dog ticks Many researchers have found malathion to be a capable replacement for the chlorinated hydrocarbons and have made recommendations for its use. If you have a ‘‘resistance’’ problem in your area, you might well consider malathion for your 1957 research schedule. Developers and producers of malathion and parathion Write for AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY particular Agricultural Chemicals Division technical Insecticide Research information 30 Rockefeller Plaza, N. Y. 20, N. Y. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 143 3 GREAT INSECTICIDES CONTROL THESE INSECTS CHLORDANE: Ants, Armyworms, Blister Beetles, Boxelder Bug, Brown Dog Tick, Cabbage Maggot, Carpet Beetles, Cattle Lice, Chiggers, Cockroaches, Crickets, Cutworms, Darkling Beetles, Dog Mange, Earwigs, Fleas, Flies, Grasshoppers, Household Spiders, Japanese Beetle Larvae, Lawn Moths, Lygus Bugs, Mole Crickets, Mosquitoes, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Plum Curculio, Sarcoptic Mange, Seed Corn Maggot, Sheep Ked, Silverfish, Sod Webworms, Southern Corn Rootworm, Strawberry Crown Borer, Strawberry Root Weevils, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Termites, Ticks, Wasps, White Grubs, Wireworms...and many others. HEPTACHLOR: Alfalfa Snout Beetle, Alfalfa Weevil, Ants, Argentine Ant, Army- worms, Asiatic Garden Beetle Larvae, Black Vine Weevil, Root Maggots, Clover Root Borer, Colorado Potato Beetle, Corn Rootworms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Fleahopper, Cotton Thrips, Crickets, Cutworms, Egyptian Alfalfa Weevil, European Chafer, Eye Gnats, False Wireworms, Flea Beetles, Garden Web- worm, Grasshoppers, Japanese Beetle, Leaf Miners, Lygus Bugs, Mormon Cricket, Mosquitoes, Narcissus Bulb Fly, Onion Maggot, Onion Thrips, Rapid Plant Bug, Rice Leaf Miner, Salt Marsh Sand Fly, Seed Corn Maggot, Spittle- bug, Strawberry Root Weevils, Strawberry Rootworms, Sugar Beet Root Mag- got, Sweet Clover Weevil, Tarnished Plant Bug, Tuber Flea Beetle, Western Harvester Ant, White Fringed Beetles, White Grubs (June Beetles), Wireworms ...and many others. ENDRIN: Budworms, Cabbage Worms, Cotton Boll Weevil, Cotton Bollworm, Cot- ton Fleahopper, Fall Armyworm, Grasshoppers, Hornworms, Leafworms, Rapid Plant Bug, Spiny Bollworm, Sugar Beet Webworm, Tarnished Plant Bug, Thrips. WRITE FOR FULL PARTICULARS VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORPORATION . General Offices and Laboratories Foreign Division 330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago 11, Illinois 350 Fifth Avenue, New York 1, N. Y. Re Ee PreRie oie CaN AW ay mem Ven ES) sek anN PUR ING Gaal BEAL Te Gel Tees S: 144 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 3, JUNE, 1957 Pyrenone HELPS TO PRESERVE PRINCIPLE OF NATURAL CONTROL | cae quickly kills destructive, annoy- ing and disease-carrying insects. In the absence of sunlight, it remains effective for long periods of time. In fact, a stzgle application of Pyrenone protects stored grains from insect at- tacks for an entire storage season. On growing crops Pyrenone kills the accessible stages of insects fast —even between showers of rain. Yet natural factors of rain and sunlight do not permit Pyrenone to form long-lasting residues. Be- cause long-lasting residues are not present, the newly emerging parasites and predators are free to com- plete their life cycles and to continue to parasitize or feed upon destructive insect pests. This means that Pyrenone is completely com- patible with the natural control of crop-destroying insects. *Reg. U.S. Pat. Off., F.M.C. FAIRFIELD CHEMICAL DIVISION Food Machinery and Chemical Corporation 441 Lexington Avenue e New York 17,N. Y. BRANCHES IN PRINCIPAL CITIES In Canada: Natural Products Corporation, Toronto and Montreal White grubs (left) and wireworms (right) magnified 20 times. WHEN PESTS SEE eye-to-eye Creatures from the science-fiction world? No, just an ordinary white grub and a wireworm magnified twenty times. But they and their equally de- structive allies, such as rootworms and cutworms, ruin millions of dollars worth of cotton, corn, tobacco, wheat, cole crops and others—each season. Constant research is necessary to find the flaws in their armor . .. to develop newer and better controls . . . to hold their crop-destruction to a minimum, That’s why Shell Chemical maintains a staff of researchers who, with the co-operation of federal, state, and local agencies, are continually searching and experimenting to develop new and more potent pesticides. Shell’s contributions to agriculture include aldrin, dieldrin, endrin, Phos- drin* insecticides; -‘D-D® and Nemagon* soil fumigants; and allyl alcohol weed seed killer. Others that are now in the laboratory stage will be avail- able for even more effective controls in the future. With you, we look to a better tomorrow for agriculture and industry through research in chemistry today. *Shell Chemical Trademark SHELL CHEMICAL CORPORATION Agricultural Chemical Sales Division 460 Park Avenue, New York 22, New York QUALITY INSECTICIDES Preferred by Home Owners, Food Processors and Dairymen QUICK ACTION GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A “space spray” for quick knockdown and kill of many kinds of flying and crawling insects. Contains 0.10% Pyre- thrins, 0.12% Piperony! Butoxide, and 0.75% Methoxychlor. GULFSPRAY AEROSOL BOMB Gulf’s carefully researched formula provides quick knock- down action and high kill. Contains 0.25% Pyrethrins, 1% Piperonyl Butoxide, and 2% Methoxychlor. GULF MOTH PROOFER (Bomb) An easy-to-use pressurized spray for protecting woolens against moth and carpet beetle damage. Contains 3% DDT and 3% Perthane. GULF ANT AND ROACH BOMB A convenient pressurized spray containing contact and resid- val insecticides for killing ants and cockroaches. Contains 0.08% Pyrethrins and 2% Chlordane. SPECIAL GULFSPRAY (Liquid) A superlative-quality insecticide specially formulated for use where foodstuffs are processed, stored, served, and sold. Contains 0.25% Pyrethins and 0.20% Piperony! Butoxide. GULF LIVESTOCK SPRAY Long proven formula with effective insect-killing power and repellent properties. Contains 0.07% Pyrethrins and 0.19% Piperonyl Butoxide. GULF OIL CORPORATION GULF BUILDING, PITTSBURGH 30, PA. * jie VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4 PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY « WASHINGTON U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM WASHINGTON 25, D. C. PUBLISHED BIMONTHLY CONTENTS BALDUF, W. V.—The Spread of Catorhintha mendica Stal (Coreidae, Hemiptera) een eet ie Fe ae eee Man tee AY Vue es Ra oy 176 BARR, A. RALPH.—A New Species of Culiseta echinters: or anaeay from North America a x 163 BERNER, L.—A Mayfly Gynandromorph - 1 Fc a a et Nal a) Es Ea emer 167 CUNLIFFE, F.—Notes on the Anystidae with a 1 Description of a New Genus and Species, Adamystis donnae, and a New Subfamily, cuit RNa RCAC ATATI Cl) mere eee Soles 2k ee ne bgt ea 172 DRAKE, C. J—An Undescribed Apterous Aradid from the Philippines _ 169 EMERSON, K. C.—New Species of Rallicola (Philopteridae: Mallophaga) 185 FROESCHNER, R. C.—Perillus lunatus Knight (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae) SRIIVEOIUC HAIL) ee arnnn Soeremen lee wen Sy A ee 162 HOOD, J. D.—A Note on Thilakothrips babuli Ramakrishna _________ 194 HUSSEY, R. E.—A New Gargarphia from Florida (Hemiptera: Tingidae) 175 NELSON, G. H.—A New Species of Dendrocoris and a New Combination Gt auzes (Hominters: Pentatomidac) _.... = 197 SABROSKY, C. W.—Two Overlooked Sources of Type Designations for EXEC). eat sa Be SUC Ee a 171 TODD, EH. L.—Five New Species of Gelasticoridae with Comments on Other SHECIEAMURE MID LOI A) ae tube : 145 WALLIS, R. C.—Host Feeding of Culiseta morsitans_._______ 199 WHEELER, G.C., and WHEELER, JEANETTE—tThe Larva of Simopelta (Hymenoptera: SEOUTAL CIC Ae) pee eee es tee Pe 191 WINKLER, J. R.—Notes on Bionomics and Ecology of Moss Mites (Acari: Oribatei) ih Set I ey Rie eee Ms ae 190 TEL SS OWSS! C0 fy id Ot 3) Ae RE eu es Oe ERAS AMON at el Beet Os eat TD doth GZ CACTUS PAV] 514 SAE ea Wh Gala TG SI ae A aU ae Le 208 SUMMARY REPORTS: SOCIETY OFFICERS ssi THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 Regular meetings of the Society are held in Room 43 of the U. S. National Museum on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. MEMBERSHIP Members shall be persons over 18 years of age who have an interest in the seience of entomology. Annual dues for members are $4.00; initiation fee is $1.00 (U. 8. eurrency). OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR 1957 Honorary wPresident: 2222 0 ie ea ee ee ee R. E. SNODGRASS Presidentit2 22 Basie ores Tk EE ee ede te ee F. L. CAMPBELL Mirst*Vace President’)... een te a eee _R. I. SAILER Second VicesPresidente 2 eter a EN 2 es ee re ee R. H. Newson Recordin se) Secretarya se ee ae ee ee ee ee KELuIE O’NEILL Corresponding Secretary 2 eae ee ee eee KELVIN DoRWARD Tregeurer ee! set to ie ee 8 ee eee F. P. HARRISON TORU G C0) alee dee et ee Fe Le Pls OER we ER eee NSE NE Sem Alics V. RENE Custodian soe 20 nie Te OE ea a A ee ee eee H. J. CONKLE Program Chairman___. 22 LL DS SOAR ak ee Pe ee ee J. F. G. CLARKE Executive Committee —__________. A. B. Gurniy, T. L. Bissett, R. A. St. GEORGE Nominated to represent the Society as Vice President of the Washington Academy ofsSciences! <9. ot ea es ae ee eee es C. F. W. MUESEBECK Honorary» Members. ee ee C. F. W. MursEBEcK, H. G. BARBER The Corresponding Secretary, Editor, Custodian, and Treasurer should be ad- dressed as follows: Mr. Kelvin Dorward, Corr. Secy. Mr. Herbert J. Conkle, Custodian Plant Pest Control Branch, ARS Plant Quarantine Branch, ARS U. 8. Department of Agriculture U. S. Department of Agriculture Washington 25, D. C. Washington 25, D. C. Miss Alice V. Renk, Editor Dr. Floyd P. Harrison, Treas. Stored-Product Insects Section, AMS Department of Entomology U.S. Department of Agriculture University of Maryland Plant Industry Station College Park, Md. Beltsville, Md. Entered as second-class matter at the Post Office at Washington, D. C. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOL OGICAL, SOCLET Y. OF ‘WASHINGTON VOL. 59 AUGUST 1957 NO. 4 FIVE NEW SPECIES OF GELASTOCORIDAE WITH COMMENTS ON OTHER SPECIES (HEMIPTERA ) E. L. Topp, Falls Church, Virginia This paper constitutes the results of an examination of more than 3,000 specimens of Gelastocoridae! that were not included in the re- vision of the family (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. V. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 277-475, 1955). The number of specimens examined and the disposi- tion of those specimens are presented for each species so that future workers might locate desired material more easily. Records of distri- bution are presented for all the poorly known species, but for those species that are abundantly represented in collections, the records are given only when they extend the known ranges of the species. 1China and Miller (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 12) 8: 267, 1955, suggest that the Family-Group names should be Galgulidae Billberg, 1820; Galgulinae Bill- berg, 1820, and Mononychinae, Fieber, 1851. The first two names are based on Galgulus Latreille, 1802 (Hist. Crust. Ins. V. 3, p. 253), which is a homonym of Galgulus Brisson, 1760 (Ornithologia 1:30, 2:63). The Brisson genera were ac- cepted by Opinion 37 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenela- ture and specifically excepted in the Paris action on the invalidation of binary works (See: Bull. Zool. Nomenclature 4: 65-66, 1950). Kirkaldy’s action (Entomologist 30:258, 1897) in renaming the genus as Gelastocoris and changing the family name to Gelastocoridae was therefore correct. Thus Gelastocorimae Champion (Biol. Centr. Amer., Hemiptera Heteroptera V. 2, p. 437, 1901), is the proper name for the typical subfamily. Technically, Mononychinae Fieber, 1851, is the correct name for the other subfamily, but in fact, the stem based on Mono- nychus Schiippel (in Germar, Ins. Spee. nov., p. 241, 1824), has been used in the formation of Family-Group names in Coleoptera. When Family-Group names are homonyms of each other, the recommendation of the Copenhagen Colloqium is that the case be submitted to the International Commission, which body will cause one of the two names to be changed slightly. In this instance, however, it seems to me that a more satisfactory adjustment may be accomplished through the use of Nethrinae Kirkaldy, (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 32: 149, 1906). I have used that name in my previous papers and accordingly continue its usage in this paper. In connection with the preoccupation of Galgulus Latreille by Galgulus Brisson, a question has been raised corcerning my use (Univ. Kansas Sei. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 288, line 18, 1955,) of Pliny as author of Galgulus [Aves]. The sentence is poorly worded and should be modified to read as follows: Dumeril (Mem. Acad. Sci. 1’Inst. Imp. France, 1860, 31 (2): 1040) considered Galgulus |Insecta] to be preoccupied by Galgulus [Aves]. but he eredited the names to Fabricius and Pliny rather than to Latreille and Brisson. 146 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 I am extremely grateful to the following individuals and institu- tions for the privilege of studying specimens from their personal col- lections or collections in their charge. For the sake of brevity, insti- tutional names and private collections are referred to in the body of this paper by the letters, names of cities, or names of individuals placed in parentheses in the following list. R. I. Sailer, United States National Museum, (USNM); M. A. Cazier, American Museum of Natural History, (AMNH); W. E. China, British Museum (Natural History), (BMNH); E. 8. Ross, California Academy of Sciences at San ‘Franéisco, (CAS); F. S. Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum, (LACM): E. Handsehin, Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzer- land, (Basel); M. Beier, Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, Austria, (Wien) ; H. C. Blote, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands, (Leiden) ; Eva Halaszfy, Musee d’Historie Naturelle de la Hongrie, Budapest, Hungary, (Budapest); J. C. M. Carvalho, Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, (NMB); R. L. Usinger, Berkeley, Calif. (Usinger Coll.) ; C. J. Drake, U.S.N.M., Washington, D. C., (Drake Coll.) ; J. C. Lutz, Philadelphia, Pa. (uutz Coll.) Geek" Knowlton, Utah State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah, (Utah St.) ; H. P. Chandler, Red Bluff, Calif. (Chandler Coll.), and G. Kruzeman, Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam, Netherlands, (Amsterdam). My spe- cial thanks go to H. B. Hungerford who permitted me to examine all recent accessions of Gelastocoridae of the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas, (IU), and who ob- tained through other sources much of the other material on which this study is based. GELASTOCORINAE Champion, 1901 Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 347, 1901. Number of specimens examined.—44 (USNM 15, AMNH 11, KU 6, Usinger Coll. 8, and Drake Coll. 4). Distributional data.—The eight specimens in the Usinger collection are from San Bernardino Co., Calif. These are the only specimens that I have seen from that State, but there are reports in the hterature of its occurrence there. Gelastocoris bufo (Herrich-Schiffer) Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 5, p. 88, 1839 (1840). Number of specimens examined.—39 (USNM 30, AMNH 3, KU 1, Leiden 1, and Drake Coll. 4). Gelastocoris fuscus Martin Univ. of Kansas Sci. Bul. 18 (4): 364, 1929. Number of specimens examined.—24 (USNM 7, AMNH 2, KU 1, Leiden 2, Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 11). Distributional data.—Specimens from Bueno Vista, Ichilo (KU) ; Rurrenabaque, Rio Beni (USNM); and Huachi, Beni (USNM), are PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 147 the first I have seen from Bolivia although the species was reported from that country by De Carlo through the description of the syno- nym G. martinezi (Mision de Estud. de Patol. Region. Argentina, 24 (83-84) :97). Gelastocoris vicinus Champion Biol. Central-Amer., Rhynchota Heteroptera, V. 2, p. 349, 1901. Number of specimens examined.—20 (USNM 16, AMNH 1, and Leiden 3). Gelastocoris viridis Todd Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1, No. 11): 338, 1955. Number of specimens examined.—3 (USNM 1, AMNH 1, and Drake Coll. 1). Distributional data.—The two specimens in the collections of the United States National Museum and the American Museum of Natural History are from La Victoria, Montozintla, Chiapas, Mexico. The other specimen is from Union Juarez, Chiapas, Mexico. Gelastocoris angulatus (Melin). Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 169, 1929. Number of specimens examined.—13 (USNM 5, Basel 2, Wien 2, Drake Coll. 3, and BMNH 1). Distributional data.—These specimens nearly double the number of specimens of this species that I have examined. They are from the following localities. PARAGUAY: Paso-Yobay (Basel), Molinascue (Basel), and S. Bernardino (Wien). Braziu: Near Para (USNM), Bahia (USNM), Manaos (USNM), and Santarem (Drake Coll.). Bouivia: Ixiamas (USNM), Rurrenabaque, Beni (USNM). BritisH GuIANA: Kutari Sources (BMNH). Gelastocoris major Montandon Ann. de Mus. della R. Univ. di Napoli (m. s.) 3 (10): 2, 1910. Number of specimens examined.—30 (USNM 23, Leiden J, and Drake Coll. 6). Distributional data—Specimens previously examined were from Panama, Colombia, and Ecuador. The six specimens from the Drake Collection are from Barinitas, Venezuela. The specimen from the collection in Leiden is labeled ‘* Chile.’’ Gelastocoris hungerfordi Melin. Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 168, 1929. Number of specimens examined—109 (USNM 34, AMNH 10, KU 44 Leiden 2, Wien 1, LACM 1, and Drake Coll. 17). Distributional data.—This common species, which is widely dis- tributed from Mexico to Colombia, is now recorded from Barinitas, Venezuela (4 specimens in the Drake Collection). 148 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 Gelastocoris nebulosus (Guérin-Méneville) Teonographie du Régne Animal de B.'Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 351, 1844. Number of specimens examined.—476 (USNM 69, AMNH 8, KU 332, Leiden 28, NMB 11, Wien 1, and Drake Coll. 27). Distributional data.—Specimens from Kabelstation, Dutch Guiana (Leiden), and Paso de Arriera River, Uruguay (USNM) are the first specimens I have seen from those two countries. Specimens from Argentina (six localities in the KU, Wien, and Drake collections) confirm the reports in the literature of the occurrence of this species in that country. Gelastocoris peruensis Melin Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala:12: 160, 1929. Number of specimens examined.—5 (USNM 1 and Drake Coll. 4). Distributional data.—All the specimens from Peru. Gelastocoris amazonensis Melin Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 158, 1929. Number of specimens examined—1( Wien). Distributional data.—This specimen is labeled ‘‘Rio Branco, Hase- man.’’ It is presumed that the locality refers to the Rio Branco in Amazonas, Brazil, but it could refer to other rivers of that name in other states of Brazil or even of other countries. Gelastocoris oculatus oculatus (Fabricius) Supp. Ent. Syst., p. 525, 1798. Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 1,000 (USNM, approx. 600, AMNH 127, KU 62, Leiden 13, Utah St. 5, Budapest 10, LACM 16, and Drake Coll. 149). Distributional data—Specimens from the following localities ex- tend the known range of the typical subspecies to the north and to the south. CaNApA: Vancouver, British Columbia (USNM). Mexico: ‘“*T,. Cal.’’ (USNM), Truinbo, Baja California (Drake Coll.), Hermo- sillo, Sonora (AMNH), 6 mi. NE. Meoqui, Chihuahua (AMNH), ‘*Chihuahua’’ (USNM and Drake Coll.), and Oaxaca (Drake Coll.). Gelastocoris oculatus variegatus (Guerin-Meneville) Teonographie due Regne Animal de B. Cuvier, Pt. 7, p. 352, 1844. Number of specimens examined.—96 (USNM 43, AMNH 7, KU 16, Usinger Coll. 1, and Drake Coll. 29). NERTHRINAE Kirkaldy, 1906 Nerthra stygica Say Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America, New Harmony, Indiana, p. 37, 1832. Number of specimens examined.—l10 (USNM 9, and Drake Coll. 1). Distributional data.—All specimens from Florida. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 149 Nerthra mexicana (Melin) Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala 12: 187, 1929. Number of specimens examined.—2 (KU and Drake Coll.). Distributional data—Both specimens are from Mexico. The locali- ties are El Salto, San Luis Potosi (KU), and ‘‘C. Valles’’ (Drake Coll.). Nerthra martini Todd Pan-Pacific Ent. 30: 113, 1954. Number of specimens examined.—13 (LACM). Nerthra parvula (Signoret ) Ann. de la Soc. des Ent. de France. 33: 588, 1864. Number of specimens examined.—32 (USNM 4, KU 11, BMNH 2, and Drake Coll. 15). Distributional data.—Cume: Las Brisas, El Canelo, Toulemo, El Manzano, Guayacan (all KU), Valparaiso, and Valparaiso Prov. (USNM and Drake Coll.). The two specimens from the British Mu- seum and two specimens from the Drake Collection are labeled Chile’ Nerthra raptoria (Fabricius) Systema Eleutheratorum V. 3 (Systema Rhyngotarum) p. 111, 1803. Number of specimens eramined—12 (Leiden 3, Wien 3, and Drake Coll. 6). Distributional data.—GuaTEMALA: Los Amates (Drake Coll). PAN- AMA: Gatun (Leiden) and Canal Zone (Leiden). Couometa: ‘* Colom- bia’’ (Leiden). DurcH GutaNA: Kabelstation (Leiden). BRaAzin: Monte Alegre, Para (Drake Coll.) and Rio Grande do Sul (Wien). Country UNKNown: ‘‘Rio Branco’’ (Wien) and ‘‘Barinas’’ (Drake Coll.). Nerthra ranina (Herrich-Schiaffer) Die Wanzenartigen Insecten V. 9, p. 896, 1853. Number of specimens examined.—555 (KU 480, BMNH 2, Leiden 9, Basel 1, NMB 7, Wien 19, and Drake Coll. 37). Nerthra nepaeformis (Fabricius) Systema Entomologiae V. 2, p. 698, 1775. Number of specimens eramined.—7 (Leiden 4, BMNH 2, and Drake Collet): Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in Leiden is labeled ‘‘ Valpariso.’’ If this label refers to Valpariso, Chile, the specimen confirms the reports in the literature of the occurrence of this species in that country. Nerthra terrestris (Kevan) Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 11) 14 (119): 813, 1948. 150 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 Number of specimens examined.—l4 (KU 1, Leiden 10, Basel 2, and Drake Coll. 1). Distributional data.—One of the specimens from the collection in Leiden is from Jarugui, Ecuador, and it is the only specimen I have seen from that country. A few other specimens, from the British Museum, have also been examined, but as I failed to record the num- ber at the time of examination, they have not been included above. Nerthra borealis (Melin) Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929. Number of specimens examined.—Approximately 30 (BMNH). Distributional data.—The specimens are labeled ‘‘Surinam, In coffee field’’ and ‘‘Surinam, Around roots of coffee.”’ Nerthra tenebrosa Todd Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 376, 1955. ( Number of specimens examined.—6 (BMNH 5, and Amsterdam 1). Nerthra unicornis (Melin) Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 179, 1929. Number of specimens examined. 3 (Wien). Nerthra peruviana (Montandon) Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 3: 403, 1905. Number of specimens examined.—7 (KU 6, and Drake Coll. 1). Nerthra montandoni (Melin) Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 195, 1929. Number of specimens eramined.—5 (BMNH 1, and Drake Coll. 4). Distributional data.—The four specimens in the Drake Collection are from ‘‘Los Canales, Naiguata.’’? This locality is presumed to be in the Federal District of Venezuela. The other specimen is from the mountains north of Petare, Venezuela. Nerthra amplicollis (Stl) Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhindl. 11: (3): 239, 1854. Number of specimens examined. (KU 1, BMNH 1, Wien 1, and Drake Coll. 2). Nerthra ecuadorensis (Melin) Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 185, 1929. Number of specimens examined.—4 (BMNH). Nerthra rudis (Melin) Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala. 12: 182, 1929. Number of specimens examined.—2 (BMNH). Distributional data.—One specimen is from Cachabé, Ecuador. The other is labeled ‘‘Mexico.”’ PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 151 Nerthra fuscipes (Guérin-Méneville) Rev. Zool. Trav. Ined. p. 114, 1848. Number of specimens examined. Coll. 4, and Usinger Coll. 2). Nerthra hungerfordi Todd Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 398, 1955. Number of specimens examined.—11 (Leiden 10, and BMNH 1). Nerthra manni Todd Univ. Kansas Sci. Bul. 37 (Pt. 1): 396, 1955. Number of specimens examined.—7 (AMNH). 15 (Leiden 2, BMNH 7, Drake Nerthra praecipua n. sp. (Fig. 9) There is a unique female specimen in the Drake Collection, via the Reed Collection, which has been badly damaged by dermestids. The damage consists of loss of the legs, lobes of the ovipositor, parts of the venter of the thorax, part of the head, and most of the internal organs. Even so, the specimen is so distinct from the known species of the New World that it is described as follows. Size-—Female: Length 8.2 mm., width of pronotum 5.3 mm., width of abdomen 6.0 mm. Color.—General color reddish-brown. Because of the condition of the specimen cleaning was not attempted. There are some irregular spots of a lighter brown color on the hemelytra, but it is believed that they are the result of the dermestid damage. Structural characteristics—Apex of the head excavate; superapical and lateral tubercles present, but very weak and irregular; ocelli absent. Pronotum distine- tive, nearly rectangular, short, about one-third width, widest at level of transverse furrow; anterior portion of lateral margin nearly transverse, median portion slightly coneave; posterior margin nearly straight, slightly sinuous before bases of hemelytra. Seutellum with lateral and apical elevations. Hemelytra entirely coriaceous, fused together, not extending to end of abdomen, covered with network of indistinct longitudinal and transverse carinae. Connexivum very prominent, strongly serrate. Abdominal sternites symmetrical, last visible sternite projecting posteriorly in median area about as far as the lateral lobes of that sternite. Distributional data.—Holotype, female, labeled ‘* Chile, Reed Coll.’’ Location of type—lIn the Drake Collection, U.S.N.M., Washington, WESC: Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of Nerthra, as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 4. In the New World two species, N. williamsi Todd and N. americana (Montan- don), resemble it superficially, but differ in that the last visible ab- dominal sternites of the females are emarginate. The projecting median portion of the last abdominal sternite and general appearance would seem to indicate that this species is most closely related to the species of the alaticollis group found in Australia. The fused heme- lytra and absence of ocelli will, however, separate it from those species. — On bo PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 Nerthra grandicollis (Germar). Silbermann’s Revue Entomologique V. 5, p. 122, 1837. Number of specimens eramined.—149 (KU 1, Leiden 46, BMNH 79, Basel 2, CAS 1, Wien 8, and Budapest 12). Nerthra indica (Atkinson). Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. 57 (Pt. 2), 345, 1888. Number of specimens examined.—33 ( KU 2). Distributional data.—The specimens from the British Museum are from various localities in Sikkim and Assam, India. The other speci- mens are labeled ‘‘Tonkin, E. le Moult.’’ Remarks.—The specimens from Tonkin differ slightly in the shape of the lateral margin of the pronotum which appears more lke the margin of the pronotum of NV. lobata (Montandon), but the absence of lateral tumescences on the last visible abdominal sternite of the female and shape of the clasper of the male reveal their relation to N. indica (Atkinson). BMNH 29, Leiden 2, and b] Nerthra serrata (Montandon). Ann. Mus. Civique di Storia Nat. Genova 1:365, 1897. Remarks.—I have yet to see specimens that agree with Montandon’s detailed description. The type localities, ‘‘Carin Ghecew’’ and ‘‘Carin Cheba,’’ are now known to be in that section of Burma between the Salwin and Sittang rivers, east and northeast of Toungoo. Nerthra unguistyla n. sp. (Gorges Gy) Size——Male: Length 9.5 mm., width of pronotum 6.8, width of abdomen 7.0 mm. Female: Length 10.5 mm, width of pronotum 7.5 mm., width of abdomen 8.2 mm. Color.—Yellowish-brown above, basal halves of abdominal segments of con- nexivum darker. Abdominal sternites dark brown medially and at the basal one- half laterally. Mesosternal and metasternal processes of thorax dark, nearly black. Legs yellowish-brown, femora faintly ringed with darker brown. Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a weak tubercle, not visible from above; frons with a pair of superapical tubercles and a median elevation. none strongly developed; ocelli present. Pronotum widest at level of transverse furrow, not so wide as abdomen; dise very strongly elevated, provided with clumps of black clavate bristles. Lateral margins of pronotum with anterior portions con- verging toward the eyes; median portions straight, parallel; posterior portions only about one-half as long as median and anterior portions, converging obliquely toward bases of the hemelytra. Posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave before scutellum, crossed by five longitudinal carinae in the male and by seven in the female. Scutellum large with small rounded depressions medially and with a strong apical and slight latero-basal elevations, the latter densely covered with black clavate bristles. Hemelytra coriaceous, without membranes; reaching end of PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 15 Ol eo soe od Figs. 1 to 3, Lateral margin of pronotum and embolium of left side; fig. 3A, lateral margin of pronotum of right side; figs. 4 to 8, ventral view of clasper of male; fig. 9, dorsal view of female. Fig. 1, Nerthra niewwenhuisi n. sp. from Borneo; fig. 2, N. lobata (Montandon); figs. 3 and 3A, N. eximia n. sp. from Sumatra; fig. 4, N. annulipes (Horvath); fig. 5, N. wnguistyla n. sp. from India; fig. 6, N. stali (Montandon); fig. 7, N. hamata n. sp. from New Guinea; fig. 8, N. sinuosa Todd; fig. 9, N. praecipua n. sp. from Chile. 154 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 abdomen in the male, but not in the female; basal expansion of embolium broadly triangular. Connexivum prominent in both sexes, but more so in the female. Terminal abdominal sternites of male asymmetrical, rather large; ninth sternite ovate, nearly twice as wide as long; eighth sternite longer than ninth sternite, nearly twice the length of the seventh sternite. Abdominal sternites of female nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly and shallowly emarginate. Lobes of ovipositor produced posteriorly as in lobata but shorter and more rounded apically than in that species. Clasper of male nearly straight, tapering apically and terminating in a slightly curved, claw-like process at apex. Distributional data.—Holotype, male, Mayavaram, South India, October 8, 1945, P. S. Nathan, and allotype, female, Coimbatore, South India, December 18, 1945, P. S. Nathan. Location of type.—Holotype and allotype in the J. C. Lutz Collee- tion at Philadelphia, Pa. Remarks.—Beecause this species lacks membranes of the hemelytra, it will run to couplet 11 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but it does not agree with either choice of that couplet. The species clearly belongs to the grandicollis group of species, but the absence of mem- branes of the hemelytra, distinctive clasper of the male, and the shape of the pronotum will separate this species from any of those species that I have assigned to that group. Nerthra lobata (Montandon). (Fig. 2) Bul. Soe. des Sei. de Buearest-Roumanie 8 (4/5) : 397, 1899. Number of specimens examined.—21 (Leiden 19, and BMNH 2) Distributional data.—Previously known from Sumatra and Java, the specimens in the collection of the British Museum extend the known range of this species to the mainland of Asia. These specimens are from Sungai Taban and Kuala Tekis, both located in Pahang, Federated Malay States. Nerthra asiatica (Horvath). Termész. Fuzetek 15(3) :136, 1892. Number of specimens examined.—1 (Stockholm). Remarks.—This specimen, a female, is from the same locality (Mou- Pin, Thibet, 1869-70, A. David) as the specimen previously examined by me. It is shghtly larger, length 12.2 mm., width of pronotum 8.1 mm., and width of abdomen 8.5 mm. Nerthra nieuwenhuisi n. sp. (Fig. 1) Size.—Female: Length 12.5 mm., width of pronotum 8.5, width of abdomen 8.3 mm. PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 155 Color.—-Orange-brown above except bristles and scutellum which are black, membranes of hemelytra darker than rest of hemelytra. Abdominal sternites orangish-brown laterally, brown medially. Legs with tibiae and tarsi brown, trochanters and femora yellowish-brown, except apices of femora which are black. Structural characteristics —Apex of head rounded, without an apical tubercle; a pair of moderate superapical tubercles present; median tumescence of frons scarcely developed; ocelli present. Pronotum slightly wider than abdomen, widest at level of transverse furrow; dise strongly elevated, posterior portion with sever weak to moderate longitudinal carinae; lateral margin of pronotum distinctive, median and posterior portions nearly straight, converging medially from lateral angle, anterior portion with a dentation at middle; posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave before scutellum. Seutellum large, strongly elevated, tumescent laterally and at apex. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen, but not covering lobes of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral margin of embolum straight at basal one-fourth then expanded to middle, apical one-half of lateral margin nearly straight. Connexivum prominent, broadly expanded, six segments of ab- domen visible. Intermediate and hind legs long and slender, the combined length of femur, tibia, and tarsus of hind leg exceeding body length. Abdominal sternites nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly emarginate, caudo-lateral angle of left size of sternite slightly decumbent, lateral tumescences absent. Clumps of short, clavate bristles present on hemelytra and elevations of scutellum. Distributional data.—Holotvpe, female, Boven (upper) Mahakkam River, Borneo, 1894, Borneo Exped. Dr. Nieuwenhuis. Location of type—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands. Remarks.—This species will not run in my key to the species of the genus Nerthra as it does not agree with either choice of couplet 17. The dilation of the lateral margin of embolium and the posteriorly projecting ovipositor lobes of this large species reveal that it belongs to the grandicollis group of species. It is slightly larger than N. asiatica (Horvath), from which it may be easily separated by the dilated margin of the embolium, distinctive lateral margin of the pronotum, and proportionally longer hind legs. The size, shape of the lateral dilation of the embolium, and the shape of the lateral margin of the pronotum will separate this species from the other species of the grandicollis group. Nerthra eximia n. sp. (Fig. 3 and 3A.) Size—Female: Length 11.2 mm., width of pronotum 8.0 mm., width of abdomen 7.9 mm. Color.—Y ellowish-brown above except scutellum, basal one-third of each segment of the connexivum, and clumps of bristles, which are dark brown. Abdominal sternites mostly dark brown, but with a contrasting marginal area of orangish- brown. Head, pronotum, and basal segments of legs (trochanters and femora) 156 PROC. ENT. SOC. WASH., VOL. 59, NO. 4, AUGUST, 1957 yellowish-brown, Tibiae and tarsi of middle and hind legs and tibio-tarsi of front legs dark brown. Structural characteristics.—Apex of head with a small tubercle, not visible from above; a pair of moderately large tooth-like superapical tubercles present; medial elevation of frons smaller than superapical tubercles; ocelli present. Pronotum widest at level of transverse furrow, only very slightly wider than abdomen; dise strongly elevated, posterior portion crossed by seven weak to moderate longitudinal carinae; lateral margin of pronotum irregularly dentate, the dentations rounded; posterior margin of pronotum sinuous, concave before scutellum. Scutellum large, strongly elevated, tumescent laterally and apically. Hemelytra reaching end of abdomen, but not covering lobes of ovipositor; membrane well-developed; lateral margin of embolium straight at basal one-fourth then roundly expanded about to middle, apical one-half very slightly convex. Connexivum prominent. Clumps of clavate bristles on hemelytra and elevations of the scutellum. Abdominal sternites nearly symmetrical; posterior margin of last visible sternite broadly, triangularly emarginate, slightly decumbent on the left side of sternite at the caudo-lateral angle. Distributional data——Holotype, female, ‘‘Tananetaloo, Ophir-Sum., 1915, A. de Kock.’’ This locality is presumably near Mt. Ophir, Sumatra. Location of type.—In the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands. Remarks.—This species, hike N. niewwenhusi n. sp., runs to couplet 17 in my key to the species of Nerthra, but does not agree with either choice of that couplet. It is very closely related to the preceding species and may subsequently prove to be but a form of that species, but for the present I prefer to describe it as a separate species. This species agrees with N. nieuwenhuist n. sp. and differs from N. lobata (Montandon), the only species previously reported from Sumatra, by the absence of lateral tumescences of the last